Home

DY Vortex Flowmeter Instruction Manual

Contents

1. Yokogawa Toate manualele de instructiuni pentru produsele ATEX sunt in limba engleza germana si franceza In cazul in care doriti instructiunile in limba locala trebuie sa contactati cel mai apropiat birou sau reprezentant Yokogawa Il manwali kollha ta l istruzzjonijiet g al prodotti marbuta ma ATEX Ex huma disponibbli bl Ingli bil ermani u bil Fran i Jekk tkun te tie struzzjonijiet marbuta ma Ex fil lingwa lokali tieg ek g andek tikkuntattja lill eqreb rappre entan jew uffi ju ta Yokogawa IM 01 06 00 01 1 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS 1 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS The Model DY Vortex Flowmeter and Model DYA Vortex 1 2 Precautions Regarding Flow Converter are thoroughly tested at the factory before Transpo rtation and Storage shipment When these instruments are delivered perform a L oc ati on visual check to ascertain that no damage occurred during shipment To protect against accidental damage to digitalYEWFLO while transporting it to a new location pack it in the original This section describes important cautions in handling these instruments Read carefully before using them packing as when shipped from the Yokogaw
2. e S S EARTH 8 cSt 3 TERMINAL 0 Ae eS pz CLAMP Only for the following explosion protected type 2 90 x Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Y T D Type n ATEX E T al y gt V Ia B gt L ERE TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY015 15mm ein Only for PROCESS AD1 CONNECTION AJi AJ2 AM AA2 AM AD4 L 70 2 76 B 35 1 38 14 6 0 57 D 35 1 1 38 H 391 15 39 H1 270 10 63 E 49 5 495 566 42 7 471 471 46 1 95 1 95 2 23 1 68 1 85 1 85 1 81 F 247 247 283 214 235 235 23 0 97 0 97 1 11 0 84 0 93 0 93 0 91 G 13 13 17 14 14 14 13 0 51 0 51 0 67 0 55 0 55 0 55 0 51 WEIGHT kg 3 2 7 061b TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY025 25mm lin LT HT DY040 40 17 LT HT DY050 50mm 2 in LT HT PROCESS AD1 AD1 AD1 CONNECTION Aut AJ2 AA1 AA2 4 AD4 Adi AJ2 AAT AA2 AA4 AD4 2 AAT AA2 AM 4 L 70 2 76 70 2 76 75 2 95 B 35 1 38 35 1 38 37 5 1 48 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 D 50 8 2 00
3. 59 59 EARTH TERMINAL 4 5 c co z Only for the following explosion protected type 1 Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX x x a Y L gt Model Code DY050 R2 HT Model Code DY080 R2 HT Model Code DY100 R2 HT BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 Process Process Process Connection BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 170 L 200 L 220 514 93 8 CS 25 7 CS 39 7 CS 51 1 D 155 155 152 41165 1 D 185 200 190 5 209 6 D 210 225 228 6 254 H 453 453 451 7 458 1 H 475 482 5477 8 487 3 H 509 5 517 518 8 531 5 H1 272 H1 279 Hi 301 T 16 18 19 1122 4 T 18 22 23 9 28 4 T 18 24 123 9 31 8 J 120 120 120 7 127 J 150 160 152 4 168 2 J 175 185 190 5 200 2 N 4 8 4 8 N 8 8 4 8 N 8 G 19 G 19 23 19 224 G 19 23 19 224 Weight kg 10 4 110 9 11 112 5 Weight kg 14 16 6 16 6 20 4 Weight 21 3 25 3 25 9 34 4 Model Code DY150 2 Model Code DY200 R2 HT 1 2 1 2 Process Process Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 270 E 310 138 8 185 6 5 71 5 93 8 D 280 305 079 4 317 5 330 350 342 9 381 561 5 574 561 2 580 3 H 601 5 611
4. Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY250 250mm 10in HT DY300 300mm 12in HT PROCESS 1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 52 BJ1 2 BS1 BS2 L 370 400 14 57 15 75 C 230 8 276 2 9 09 10 87 400 430 406 41444 5 445 480 482 6 520 7 D 15 75 16 93 16 00 17 50 17 52 18 90 19 00 20 50 720 735 723 742 772 790 791 810 H 28 35 28 54 28 46 29 21 30 39 31 10 81 14 31 89 Ht 416 446 16 38 17 56 24 34 3021478 24 36 318 508 T 0 94 1 34 1 19 1 88 0 94 1 42 1 25 2 00 355 380 362 387 4 400 430 431 8 450 9 J 13 98 14 2 14 25 15 25 15 75 16 93 17 00 17 75 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 N 0 47 0 47 0 63 0 63 0 63 0 47 0 63 25 254 285 25 27 254 31 8 0 98 1 A 1 00 1 12 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 25 WEIGHT 78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 Ib 171 99 220 50 198 45275 63 220 50 282 24 308 70 392 49 12 25 IM 01 06 00 01 E Reduced Bore Type R1 DY025 R1 up to DY150 R1 Flange type WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL 12 GEN
5. 5 F 5 TERMINAL 2261 a E 8 gt gt 2 46 1 Only for the following _ explosion protected type I Flameproof _ TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA my t1 E a 1 B L 2x TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY015 15 DY025 25mm tin PROCESS AD1 AD1 CONNECTION AJ2 AA1 AA2 4 AD4 2 AAI AA2 AA4 AD4 L 70 2 76 70 2 76 B 35 1 38 35 1 38 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 D 35 1 1 38 50 8 2 00 H 248 9 76 258 10 16 Hi 127 5 00 129 5 08 E 49 5 49 5 56 6 42 7 47 1 471 46 53 6 53 6 67 2 A 62 9 60 1 1 95 1 95 2 23 1 68 1 85 1 85 1 81 2 50 2 50 2 65 2 21 2 48 2 48 2 37 F 247 247 283 214 235 235 23 318 318 336 28 314 31 4 301 0 97 0 57 1 11 0 84 0 53 0 93 0 91 1 25 1 25 1 32 1 10 1 24 1 24 1 19 13 13 17 14 14 14 13 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 0 51 0 51 0 67 0 55 0 55 0 55 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 55 0 67 0 67 0 51 WEIGHT kg 2 8 6 176 3 7 8 166 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY040 40mm 1 2in DY050 50mm 2in PROCESS AD1 AP4 ADi CONNECTION AJ2 1 AA2 AA4 AD4 2
6. S Josues inva 4osues MO 4 uonejedo uoneijedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo une 51 Hosgsas JeuuoN EWJON 210805 10 10413 4991109 ASZ Buiuonounj indino 968 2 10 10 011 you S H d4O H 43O dois 0 1e pexi4 0 1e p X 4 0 pexi4 011 INOHd33 33 anen anen anjen Bumes enuen 1e enuen enuen ye pun dNV uogeiedo uomnejedo 5 euieoeldeH 4 IJEuJON dlAV 3Hd 3 40sues uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo m s Dunes mes ut eseo ye enuen ye menuen ye enuey
7. 4 41 Structure of Setting Mode Display 442 elk alien end 5 5 1 Parameter E EE 5 2 Multi Variable Type Parameter Only for MV 5 3 Parameters LiSt m 54 Parameter Description 5 5 Error Code Lists 6 Operation for the BRAIN Terminal 200 6 1 Connection Method for the 200 scsscssseesseessesesseeenseeeseeeneeeeseeeseeesseeeeseasseeseseeesesaseesaeeesseesaeneeeaeenae 6 2 Displaying Flow Rate Data 11 essen 63 Setting Parameters 5 iui 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 2 2 2222
8. DOE 3 1 3 1 Wiring PreCautions cso aeai aaran EEn 3 1 3 2 Wiring for Output Condition eee 3 1 33 Connection one eee eee 3 2 3 4 Wiring Cables and Wires 3 4 3 5 Connection of the Remote Type Signal Cable cessent ennt nnn nnn nnne 3 4 3 6 Method of Finishing the Signal Cable eene nennen nnne nennen 3 5 Zol Vortex Flowimeter DYZN inte de edocet eode ee te a c e DRIED sities 3 6 2 For Vortex Flow Converter DYA 3 7 Wir CAUtlON mmc 2 8 gt GOUGING EM CREER 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 22 22 2214 4 1 Construction of the Display 2 Dnm cua duossecesuscevounedstedeceseerssteesdeenaeedneerceseses 4 2 Display Contents in Display Section 43 Display Contents in Display Section 4 3 1 Change the Display Mode from 96 Display to Engineering Unit 4 3 2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Lower Display eese 4 4 Setting MOG ee
9. H1 Model Code DY150 150mm E1 Process Connection BD3 BD4 b y L Model Code DY200 200mm 8in E1 CA4 CA5 Process BD2 Connection 325 340 300 356 381 419 1 469 9 340 340 280 305 355 55221 47 17 32 17 81 18 80 17 31 18 05 484 5 446 7 465 5 485 19 07 17 59 18 33 19 09 457 17 99 19 09 ShedierBarMaterarx 457 507 503 5 522 5 541 5 567 502 502 512 519 5 541 5 567 H 19 57 19 96 19 82 20 57 21 32 22 32 19 76 19 76 20 16 20 45 21 32 22 32 504 514 510 5 529 5 548 5 574 509 509 519 526 5 548 5 574 19 84 20 24 20 10 20 85 20 04 20 43 20 73 21 59 22 60 Shedder Bar Material B H1 H1 Shedder Bar Material X Shedder Bar Material B 44 25 4 36 6 54 4 295 241 3 269 7 292 76 5 36 5 54 5 84 5 Model Code DY250 250mm 10in 1 DY300 300mm 121 Process Connection z o Ir olor G Weight kg Weight kg 136 1 182 1 46 4 46 4 12 34 IM 01F06A00 01EN Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore E1 R1 DY025
10. 12 8 12 41 Hedi C IEEE E EHE a aias 12 8 12 4 2 Option Multi Variable Build in Temperature Sensor Type MV 1 eese 12 10 1243 OPTION REDUCED BORE T YPE RT her eit o bene inae ERI e dated cul ent 12 4 4 Option Specifications For Explosion Protected Type 12 57 12 6 External EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 444444 22 1111 TSA Technical 13 1 2 Install tiori 13813 Operation tod ede dob 13 1 4 Maintenance and Repair 13 1 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note 13 1 6 Installation Diagram of Type of Protection 13 1 7 Electrical Connection oerte tr AE EERE REEERE Y Ee n P Rire Erro Re ocu 13 158 Namie Plate ee Rb eO OE ERE EO REESE RENDERE 13 22 MR 13 21 Technical Dat tta tere oa Dg cepe A Eee Regu aut de de res RE EUER AUR aot Sete 1322 ITE onere depen et iacere bct ie noha PER c fes ee ache hematin 13 2 3 Operationen etre ie nei hee ADIRE aetna banana arden ain 1324
11. Model DN mm PS MPa PS DN MPa mm CATEGORY 0 015 15 42 630 Ee DY025 25 42 1050 DY040 40 42 1680 DY050 50 42 2100 80 42 3360 100 100 42 4200 DY150 150 42 6300 DY200 200 42 8400 DY250 250 42 10500 DY300 300 42 12600 Il DY400 400 25 10000 Il T140001 EPS PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flow Tube DN Nominal size A Referred to Table 6 covered by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC DY015 and DY025 are not attached CE mark of PED because they do not under CE mark of PED Special order product 2 Installation WARNING Please tighten the bolts for piping joint according to the prescribed torque values Please take measure to protect the flowmeters from forces caused by vibration through piping 3 Operation WARNING The temperature and pressure of fluid should be applied under the normal operating condition The ambient temperature should be applied under the normal operating condition 14 1 Please pay attention to prevent the excessive pressure like water hammer etc When water hammer is to be occurred please take measures to prevent the pressure from exceeding PS maximum allowable pressure by setting the safety valve etc at the system and the like When external fire is to be occurred please take safety measures at the device or system not to in
12. Item Description Parameter Parameter item number number Name Parameter name R W Indicates parameter attributes Read R Display only writing is not permitted and write W Writing is permitted Data range Shows data setting ranges for numerical value entry Shows data to be selected for data selection in parentheses data code is shown for the display Unit Engineering unit Remarks Remarks such as a description of the contents are given Disp D Display can set parameter U D L Parameter can be set by UP LOAD and DOWN LOAD Check all parameters after setting by DOWN LOAD Initial value Indicates the initial set values T050301 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 1 Item Indication These items are for the indication of flowrate and total 5 PARAMETER SETUP Item Name R W Data Range Unit m Remark Disp U D A00 DISPLAY Menu A Display A10 FLOW RATE R 0 0 to 110 0 1 Flow rate A20 FLOW RATE 0 0 to 65535 FU C40 0105 Flow rate in engineering unit A30 TOTAL 0 to 999999 FU 0105 Totalized value Indicate only within Temperature sensor A40 TEMP 1 R 0 0 to 110 0 1 Temperature Values Indicate only for Temperature sensor 41 TEMPERATURE 1 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Temperature Values A60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit T050302 EPS 1 Only for Opti
13. uonejedo MO 4 MOSHO JeuuoN JeuuoN 4 JO 10413 Bujenjoni4 MO3HO uomneJqi 1810 indino uogeiado uonejedo uoneiqia eurxoaHO JeuuoN 015 uo dois uopeseg uomeaqiA 10413 MO3HO uomneJqi uomnejedo eouequnisip esiou uOoneJqiA x4O3HO H u4O PIOH PIOH jeuonisueJ 10 1023 MO3HO ZHAO uey si joue HOHH3 5 uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo Aouenbejj 185 JeuuoN JeuuoN JeuuoN indino asind asind 20 19 ZHMOL uey 5 ZHMOL uonejedo uonejedo uomnejedo ZHMOL uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo indino Ino 1e
14. 12 37 01 06 00 01 Remote Type Converter DYA 5 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm approx inch WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION both sides 125 4 92 EARTH TERMINAL 103 5 4 07 87 5 3 44 CLAMP Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n ATEX 208 5 8 21 Weight 1 9 kg 4 191 4 1 kg 9 0410 for E1 Note For flowmeters with indicator Signal Cable for Remote DYC add 0 2 kg 0 44lb 0 3 kg 0 66lb for E1 Unit mm approx inch 95 8 74 Blue E bse Cable Color and Terminal 9 o Sepcified rj Terminal E E Color Length 8 Flow meter Converter Yellow T T Red A A White B B Black C Blue 71 Only for MV 12 38 IM 01FO6A00 01EN E Flameproof Packing Adapter Option code G11 G12 Packing Choose from the table below depend on cable outside diameter Ti 16 5 Adapter body M Screw O Ring Packing case Hexagon socket set screw Packing Hexagon socket set screw
15. 1 AA2 AD4 L 70 2 76 75 2 95 B 35 1 38 37 5 1 48 C 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 D 73 2 87 92 3 62 H 276 10 87 307 5 12 11 Hi 136 5 35 158 6 22 742 742 849 697 80 778 459 498 486 486 E 455 s 852 674 646 05 Note 9 751 493 Note 9 16 157 Note 9 371 37 1 424 348 40 4 40 4 38 554 60 1 587 587 F rae 46 1462 039 ASS 159 G3 Note 9 238 BSR Note 9 251 251 Note 3 17 17 21 14 20 20 17 17 17 17 17 G 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 55 0 79 0 79 0 67 963 0 67 0 67 3 0 67 0 67 Note 3 WEIGHT kg 4 3 9 485 6 0 13 236 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY080 80mm 3in DY100 100mm 4in PROCESS AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3 CONNECTION 2 1 AA2 4 AD2 AD4 2 AA2 4 AD2 4 L 100 3 94 120 4 72 B 40 1 57 50 1 97 e 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 D 127 5 00 157 2 6 19 H 342 13 47 372 14 65 Hi 175 6 89 190 7 48 t 1256 650 Moea 954 952 Ean Ean cay 29 6 09 232 099 25 G7 89 F 693 739 785 note a 77 7 777 739 739 808 855 947 925 997 831 87 8 2 73 2 91 3 09 3 06 3 06 2 91 2 91 3 18 3 37 3 73 3 46 3 64 3 93 3 27 3 46 17 21 21 Notes 29 1 29 112 171 tz 21 23 17 20 23 17 21 0 67 0
16. Method Time unit End Gas Steam Volume ditto Ligiuid Mass Density unit Process density Mass unit Time unit End Gas Steam Mas ditto Gas STD Normal Temp unit Flow span PV Dam 815 Process temp Base temp Pressure unit Process pressure Base pressure Deviation STD Normal unit Time unit End 7 6 071203 5 01 06 00 01 R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type Upload Download D Detailed setup Characterize meter Device revision 4 0 or later 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Nominal size E10 RW Body type E20 RW Sensor type E30 RW K factor setup K factor unit E40 K factor E41 Detector No RW PV units Fluid C20 Method Special unit RW RW Method Base unit User s unit Conversion factor End Special Base unit User s unit Conversion factor End To be continued to next page D1 Burst mode enum Burst option enum
17. 7 S E 10 5 16 4 24 7 30 42 Power Supply Voltage E V F120202 EPS Figure 12 2 2 Relationship Between Power Supply and Load Resistance 12 4 IM 01 06 00 01 12 3 Model and Suffix Codes DY Vortex Flowmeter Integral Type Remote type detector RF Raised Face SF Smooth Finish RJ Ring Joint Model Suffix Codes Description DY015 Size 15 mm 1 2 inch DY025 Size 25 mm 1 inch DY040 Size 40 mm 1 1 2 inch DY050 Size 50 mm 2 inch Size 80 mm 3 inch DY100 Size 100 mm 4 inch DY150 Size 150 mm 6 inch DY200 Size 200 mm 8 inch DY250 Size 250 mm 10 inch DY300 Size 300 mm 12 inch 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse BRAIN Communication 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse Sind HART Communication 1 d AA 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse a nication HART 5 HART 7 Communication 2 F Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol resa une Remote type detector Body A JIS SCS14 4 Material B ASTM CF8M 5 8 X Others 6 Shedder bar Duplex Stainless Steel Material Stainless Steel for HT NC Duplex Stainless Steel for TIIS Approval Others 7 JIS 10 K Wafer JIS 20 K Wafer 46 40 K Wafer ANSI Class 150 Wafer ANSI Class 300 Wafer ANSI Class 600 Wafer DIN PN10 Wafer DIN PN16 Wafer DIN PN25 Wafer DIN PN40 Wafer JIS 10K Flange RF Process JIS 20K Flange RF Connection
18. SET 5 Flowrate Display Mode Setting Mode Error Mode Nd 177 HART v w Wow SU 21 e ap gt P U HLS 0 m Ih Array Ooi cu oie 1 he 2 UPPER LOWER Switching NORMAL Flow rate Total rate of setting INDICATION Alternately __ number __ ________ 4sec HART lam A WA m lt Lr dt p rer po _ Leo Lib UPPER LOWER ERROR INDICATION Flow rate Blank This mode display can be selected e When an alarm situation occurs SHIFT 2sec pem gt 2 below BRANN GD this mode will replace the current e Upper display Flow rate m gt mode flow rate or setting mode e Lower display Total rate or Blank to show what type of alarm has Lt J occurred anal D Refer to 5 5 Error Code Lists Fg N about the error descriptions and error No rire urn TEUER J e This mode is used to check parameter content and rewrite data This mode can be called up from the flowrate display mode by pressing the SET key Setting item and setting number can be changed when pressing SHFT ke
19. i C i rot 0 il Lo 65 o1 Ce 7 Signal cable Note In any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor R such that lo Uo R Electric data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30V Maximum Input Current li 165mA Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9W Internal Capacitance Ci 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH F130101 EPS 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 1 6 Installation Diagram of Type of Protection Integral type Hazardous Hazardous Location Location i General Purpose Equipment 1 1 DY Flowmeter 4 o L 1 3 SUPPLY Lo OWer SUppYy i md PULSE guy L rg Receiver Remote type Hazardous i Non Hazardous Location gt Location General Purpose Equipment ___ DY N flowmeter DYA converter 57 A A i i4 Power Supply SUPPLY 2 OB 04 i T FOT 1 y PULSE i 10 Lo Receiver m Bod NER DYC Signal cable i 1 Wire for T termanal With temperature sensor type Installed Without temperature sensor type Not Installed Electric data Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30V Internal Capacitance 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH 13 1 7 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connec
20. SS SS SI ML I 15 gt 050401 5 B23 SET LEVEL Level of flow switch Set level of flow switch when FLOW SW in B20 is selected The contact output is sent out when the flowrate is less than the set comparison level Setting Value Output 10 Hysteresis gt gt Contact Output ON FLOW SW LOW Contact Output OFF FLOW SW LOW OFF F050402 EPS B30 UPPER DISP Upper indicator display Select upper display Flow rate 90 0 Flowrate 1 TEMP 2 can be selected when Option Code MV B31 LOWER DISP Lower indicator display Select lower indicator display BLANK 0 TOTAL 1 TEMP 2 When BLANK in B31 is selected indicator is blank TEMP can be selected when Option Code MV B40 TOTAL START Select the START STOP of totalizer from STOP 0 START 1 B45 TOTAL RATE Total rate of the totalizer Set the total rate of the totalizer 5 10 5 PARAMETER SETUP B47 TOTAL RESET Reset the totalizer When totalizer reset function is executed the total display and communication parameter are reset The following items should be done in case of which Option code is selected B50 A OUT SELECT Analog Output select Select the analog output select from flow rate or temperature When changing the analog output UPPER DISPLAY can be changed shown as below automatic
21. Temperature Class Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C 2 60 C 300 C 1 60 C 450 C T130101 2 eps Use HT version above 260 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Ambient Temperature Process Temperature 80 C 135 C T3 80 C 200 C 12 80 C 300 C TI 80 C 450 C T130101 3 eps Use HT version above 260 C IM 01F06A00 01EN Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30 V Maximum Input Current Ii 165 mA Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9 W Internal Capacitance Ci 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH For connection of DYA to DY N Maximum cable capacitance 160nF Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female Special conditions for safe use 1 For process temperatures above 250 C the flow meters of the HT version must be used 2 Because the enclosures of the flow meters and the flow converter are made of aluminium alloy when used in an potentially explosive atmosphere requiring apparatus of equipment categoly 1 G they must be installed so that even in the event of rare incidents an ignition source due to impact of friction between the enclosure and iron steel is excluded Type of Protection n Applicable Standard EN60079 15 2005 IEC60079 0 2009 Type of protection Ex nL T4 T1 Gc Integral Type Vortex Flowmet
22. In any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor R such that Isc Voc R Any Single FM Approved Barrier of multiple barriers FM Approved for this configuration who s parameters meet the above installation requirements Input voltage of the safety barrier must be less than 250Vrms Vdc Installation should be in accordance with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA70 Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class and environments Do not alter drawing without authorization from FM 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Nonincendive and WARNING Hazardous Location lt gt Non Hazardous Location Class 1 Il Division 2 Groups A B C D F and G i Class 111 Division 1 and Class I Zone 2 Group IIC Integral type I 0 Power 0 t Supply DY flowmeter SUPPLY 1 roc i La _Receiver_ T o Remote type Power 0 oO Supply O DY N flowmeter DY converter SUPPLY T 1 PULSE DYC Signal 71 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Non incendive field wire parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Vmax 30V Imax 165mA Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Installation requirement between flowme
23. Is indication reads zero at zero flow Finishing the tuning functios Ensure TLA value K10 TLA Retry the tuning and ensure the pipeline conditions 090201 5 If this adjustment is executed the following value is changed K25 N B MODE MANUAL K26 NOISE RATIO Constant value Minimum flowrate is increased when TLA value is changed form initial value IM 01 06 00 01 1 Tuning method 1 Ensure the condition of flowrate The necessary condition for tuning function is zero flow 2 Executing the tuning function Set TUNING AT ZERO of K25 N B MODE Wait more 30 second 3 Finishing the tuning functions Using the BT200 a Press DATA key of BT200 function key b Ensure the indication of MANUAL which is K25 N B MODE NOW TUNING is indicated during tuning operation Using the indicator a Press SHIFT and SET key simultaneously b Press SET key and ensure 01 of Lower indication 027 is indicated during tuning operation Execute a b once again 2 TLA value TLA values is possible to change after executing TUN ING In this case minimum flowrate is increased Minimum flowrate for TLA value is given by below equation Minimum Flowrate __ Specified Minimum x TLA Value after Tuning after changing TLA Flowrate eas ae ae Value TLA initial value or defalt value F090202 EPS Ensure minimum flowrate for c
24. Ora OOOOO HOw O T Figure 3 4 Construction of Remote Type Signal Cable Detector DY N E1 Input Terminal from built Supply 4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply in temperature sensor _ Output Signal Terminals A Input Terminals from Pulse vortex detector Pulse Output Terminal Common Terminal Groundng terminal F030503 EPS Figure 3 5 Terminal of Detector and Converter Signal Cable DYC Vortex Flow Converter na Shield Cover Power Cable F030504 EPS Figure 3 6 Shielded Cover IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 WIRING 3 6 Method of Finishing the Signal Cable End DYC 3 6 4 For Vortex Flowmeter DY N Description Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket outer braided shield and inner jacket and inner braided shield as per the dimensions below Figure 10 0 4 Unit mm 502 06 approx inches yellow Strip off the black conductive layer convering two wires completely as per the dimensions below Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands T Yellow 01 A Red orless 40 1 6 5 0 2 50 2 0 Black Conductive Layer 60 2 4 B White Do not short circuit the conductive layer and the terminals A B C and T Strip off about 5 mm 0 2 in of insulatio
25. PARAM B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h B15 DAMPING 4 sec B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE DATA DIAG PRNT ESC PARAM B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h B15 DAMPING 4 sec B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE DATA DIAG PRNT ESC SET B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE lt gt lt SCALED PULSE gt lt UNSCALED PULSE gt ESC SET B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE lt UNSCALED PULSE gt lt FREQUENCY gt lt ALARM gt ESC Enter menu item and press key Move the inverse video bar to B EASY SETUP Item B menu is displayed Move the inverse video bar to B20 CONTACT OUT Pressing ENTER cause the data setup screen to be displayed If the security screen appears enter the security code Move the inverse video bar to ALARM ENTER 6 Operation for the BRAIN Terminal BT200 SET B20 CONTACT OUT SRLIDAULSE _ ALARM Print off F2 printer on FEED POFF NO SET B20 CONTACT OUT ALARM FEED NO OK Pressing the enter key inverse video bar is flashed The data setting can be completed If data setting is missing press F3 key and rewrite the data PARAM B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h B15 DAMPING 4 sec B20 CONTACT OUT ALARM DATA DIAG PRNT ESC A IMPORTANT Setting is completed The screen returns to the preceding screen when the F4 ESC key is pressed 060302
26. Off PV On Yerange current Process vars crnt Configure outputs Analog outputs Flow span B10 Out limit H 030 Burn out 035 Contact output M Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total A30 Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset 47 HART output Poll addr Num req preams Burst mode Burst option 7 7 Burst mode enum Burst option enum F071204 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write Device revision 4 0 or later M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type D1 Signal processing PV Damp B15 RW Low cut D10 RW Temp setup Temp unit D20 RW Process temp D21 RW Density setup Density unit D25 RW Process density D26 RW Maintenance TLA K10 RW Signal level K20 RW Method Noise balance mode K25 RW Manual Set noise ratio End Tuning at zero flow Noise ratio K26 Maintenance data Velocity K30 CR Span velocity K32 CR Vortex frequency K34 CR Span frequency K36 CR MV Density K38 CR Error record K40 Err record reset M Er record status 1 CR Er record status 1 enum Er record status 2 CR Status g
27. Review Review Universal rev 5 HART protocol revision 5 7 HART protocol revision 7 IM 01FO6A00 01EN 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL 7 13Menu Tree 7 13 1 DD HART 5 Menu Tree Root Menu DD Device Setup Process variables Flow rate Diag Service B AOI Basic setup Flow span Detailed setup D e Review F071201 EPS R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write xx Device revision 4 0 or later M Method of HCF CL Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type A Process variables PV 20 PV rnge 10 1 Total 30 MV Temp 41 MV rnge 40 MV B Diag Service Self test Status Self test M Status Status group 1 R Status group 1 enum Status group 2 R Status group 2 enum Status group 3 R Status group 3 enum Loop test Test output 1 Out analog Method Out pulse Out Status D A trim Scaled D A trim M Test auto release time Master reset M Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Flow over output Transient noise Temp over output Span set error High vibration Over temp Pulse out over Clog
28. TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN YOKOGAWA Remote type converter Intrinsically safe digicarvevvrE 4 to 20m pc 7 PULSE VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER MODEL STYLE K FACTOR 0344 No KEMA Q1ATEX1082 X EExia 1 4 1067 _ Tambi 40 TO 600 SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA SUFFIX Edad 10 5 to 30V DC YOKOGAWA Mee TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN pa 200 vw O Integral type Type n protection digitali EVVFLO 4 20 DC PULSE MPa at 38 C 3G 4790 _______ Ex nL ITA TIGE ENCLOSURE PEB IPG7 0 Dunes LASS T4 13 T2 1 1 RRR Has too Hoe Ui 30V Ci 6nF THE PROCESS TEMP 200 C NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C Se San MT N200 LE 211 10 5 30V DC TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN WARNING POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL Remote type detector Type n protection digitalYEGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER Ex nL IC 74 71 Gc ENCLOSURE IP66 IP67 29 TO 60 C TEMPCLASS n PROCESS TEMP 29 TO 135 200 300 4506 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C C N200 xc THE PROCESS TEMP 2 200 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS T
29. Table 12 5 7 Inner Diameter and Nominal value Inner Nominal Nominal Pulse Rate Model Code Diameter K Factor mm Pulse L Hz m s 2 3 DY015 DY025 R1 14 6 376 62 7 104 DY025 DY040 R1 25 7 65 6 35 5 19 1 DY040 DYO050 R1 39 7 18 7 23 1 5 19 DYO050 DYO080 R1 51 1 8 95 18 3 2 49 DY080 DY100 R1 71 0 3 33 13 2 0 925 DY100 DY150 R1 93 8 1 43 9 88 0 397 DY150 DY200 R1 138 8 0 441 6 67 0 123 DY200 185 6 0 185 5 00 0 0514 DY250 230 8 0 0966 4 04 0 0268 DY300 276 2 0 0563 3 37 0 0156 Pressure Loss Calculation of pressure loss for general type obtained from the following equations AP 108 x 105 pt v or AP 135 x pr Q 2 D4 where AP Pressure loss kPa pt Density at operating condition kg m v Flow velocity m s Qr Actual flow rate m3 h D Internal Diameter of detector mm Example DY050 hot water 80 C flowrate 30 m3 h 1 Since the density of water at 80 C is 972 kg m substitute this value in equation 2 AP 135 x 972 x 30 51 14 17 3 kPa 2 Obtain the pressure loss using equation 1 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 30 m h is given by T120509 EPS 354x30 4 07 gig V ms Therefore substitute this value in equation 1 AP 108 x 105 x 972 x 4 07 17 3 kPa v 354xQt D Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type Option code R1 obtained from the following equations AP 124 x 105 x p
30. 2 41 2 41 2 64 2 79 3 09 2 87 3 02 3 25 2 71 2 86 F 693 739 785 77 7 77 7 739 739 855 94 7 88 925 997 831 878 2 73 2 91 3 09 3 06 3 06 2 91 2 91 3 18 3 37 3 73 3 46 3 64 3 93 3 27 3 46 G 17 21 21 Note 1 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 17 21 0 67 0 83 0 83 0 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 91 0 67 0 79 0 91 0 67 0 83 WEIGHT kgl 9 8 21 616 13 2 29 1116 Note 1 The hole is provided Note 2 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC 12 23 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION High Process Temperature Version HT DY025 HT up to DY100 HT Cryogenic Version LT DY015 LT up to DY100 LT E Flange type Unit mm approx inch 59 2 32 59 2 32 ELECTRICAL PIE ERN CONNECTION 125 4 92 4 5 0 1 4 92 50048 __ A ZA EE S T A EARTH e x TERMINAL D Q Sars 8 5 1 Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n AT
31. D20 TEMP UNIT Fluid temperature unit at operating conditions Select temperature unit at operating condition from degC 0 degF 1 D21 TEMP f Fluid temperature at operating conditions Set fluid temperature at operating condition Range is 196 to 450 C D25 DENSITY UNIT Density Unit of Flow measurement Select the unit of density from kg m 0 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 D26 DENSITY f Density at normal operation conditions Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition for mass flow unit D30 OUT LIMIT Limit value of output and indication Set limit value of output from 100 0 to 110 0 D35 BURN OUT Indication of the output direction at burn out This is indication of the output direction at burn out Refer to 9 1 6 Burn out when the output direction can be changed 5 12 5 PARAMETER SETUP D40 SPECIAL UNIT Change to special flowrate unit No 0 Off the function Yes 1 Convert the flow unit for USER S UNIT The factor to convert the flow unit comes from D43 The time unit comes from C40 or F35 Special 2 Convert the flow unit and time unit for the USER S UNIT The factor to convert the flow unit and time unit comes from D43 D41 BASE UNIT Indication of the base flowrate unit Indication of the basic flowrate unit when item D40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 D42 USER S UNIT Free unit for users Set in up to 8 alphanumeric characters when item D
32. DY N flowmeter DYA converter l FO i TOR TON Ao SUPPLY o re Bo OB PULSE p 272 yw 1 1 EE i Li io O DYC Signal cable 71 Wire T terminal With temperature sensor type _ installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Electrical parameters Ui 30V li 165mA Pi 0 9W Ci 37nF Li OmH Installation Requirements between Flowmeter Converter and Safety Barrieres Uo s Ui 10 1 2 Ci Ccable Lo Li Lcable Uo lo Co and Lo are parameters of safety barrier Ccable and Lcable the maximum allowable cable parameters WARNING safety barrier must be SAA certified Input voltage of the safety barrier must be less than 250Vrms Vdc n any safety barriers used the output current must be limited by a resistor R such that lo Uo R F130301 1 EPS 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Type n Integral type Hazardous Location lt i gt Non Hazardous sre noie a en Zone 2 i Location General Purpose Equipmen DY flowmeter o Lo Power i Lo Supply o SURREY pi SiS i Ea PULSE o ice ot i _ Receiver o i i Remote type Hazardous Loca
33. Unless the replacement of the remote type detector E41 K FACTOR The flowmeter data plate includes a K factor KM at 15 C for the combined detector E50 DETECTOR NO Detector number of flowmeter Set the serial number using 16 alphanumeric characters of the detector combined converter 5 PARAMETER SETUP 6 Item F Thermometer These items are for setting of thermometer and available when build in thermometer type Option code MV F10 Function Thermometer function Select the thermometer function Monitor only 0 Only temperature measurement Saturated Steam Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measurement using saturated steam table Superheat Steam Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measured by using steam table In order to measure superheat steam It is necessary to make constant pressure value GAS STD Normal Volumetric flow rate at standard condition is calculated by using Pressure Temperature correction It is necessary to male constant pressure value Liquid Mass Mass flow rate is calculated by using the density change values depend on temperature values by which the secondary order function is used The following item should be done in case of which F10 is Saturated steam F12 MASS UNIT Mass flow unit Select mass rate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 The following items should be done in case of which F10 is Su
34. Valve Fluid vibration i Upstream Downstream compressor or a high pressure liquid line about 1MPa or more For a gas line which uses a position type or roots type blower Straight pipe which uses piston type or plunger type pump fluid vibrations may Straight pipe 20D or more 5D or more be produced 3 j Piston type or Roots type In these case install valve on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO pier Compressor For inevitable fluid vibration put a vibration damping device such as Throttling Expansion Section throttling plate or expansion section in the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO EL Upstream Downstream Straight pipe Straight pipe 20D or more 5D or more Accumulator Piston type or plunger pump m Piston type or Install the accumulator on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO to plunger type pump digitalYEWFLO Hew Upstream Downstream reduce fluid vibrations Straight pipe Straight pipe 20D or more 5D or more 01 01 5 2 2 01 06 00 01 Description 2 INSTALLATION Valve positon T type piping exist When pulsation causes by a T type piping exist install the valve on the upstream of the flowmeter Example As shown in the figure when the valve V1 is turned off the fluid flow throught B as to meter A the flow is zero But due to the pulsating pressure is detected the meter is zero point become fluctuating To avoid this change the va
35. whichever is greater For liquid Reynolds number of 20000 The value is four times velocity value in P 12 17 Calculation formula Maximum velocity Note 10 m s DY150 up to DY300 DY200 R1 flow velocity obtained from Table 12 5 1 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of 40000 whichever is greater For liquid Reynolds number of 40000 The value is eight times velocity value in P 12 17 Calculation formula Gas Steam DY015 up to DY100 DY025 1 up to DY150 R1 DY040 R2 up to DY200 R2 flow velocity obtained fromTable 12 5 1 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000 whichever is greater For gas and steam Reynolds number of 20000 See P 12 17 Calculation formula DY150 up to DY300 DY200 R1 flow velocity obtained fromTable 12 5 1 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of 40000 whichever is greater For gas and steam Reynolds number of 40000 See P 12 17 Calculation formula 80 m s 12 15 T120503 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Detailed Accuracy for Table 12 5 3 Range of Fixed Accurancy Flow Velocity Volumetric flow rate at operation condition Accuracy of Reading pua General Type Multi Variable Type MV Reduced Bore Type R
36. 1 18 1 12 1 62 290 305 298 5 330 2 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 N 12 12 8 12 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 23 25 22 4 25 4 G 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 Weight kg 58 7 74 1 70 7 102 9 12 27 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type R1 HT DY040 HT R1 up to DY150 R1 HT Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL Only for the following explosion protected type 12 28 Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx 1 z Type n ATEX r rna T T it AU T nr tH A H te LUH 1 WIL L Model Code DY040 R1 HT Model Code DY050 R1 HT Model Code DY080 R1 HT Process But BJ2 Be aaa Process But Bu2 eed Em Process But Bu2 a 85 Connection Connection Connection L 150 L 170 L 200 39 7 51 1 71 5 25 7 CS 39 7 CS 51 1 D 140 140 127 155 4 D 155 155 152 4 165 1 D 185 200 190 5209 6 H 445 5 445 5 439 453 H 460 460 458 5 465 H 497 504 5 500 509 5 Hi 272 H1 279 H1 301 T 16 18 17 5 20 6 T 16 18 19 1 22 4 T 18 22 23 9 28 4 J 105 10
37. Ensure the setting data Enter to the parameter item Indicate 31 Return to display referring 5 3 mode parameter list Enter the data input A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Press INC key F040303 EPS 4 5 IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 4 Setting Mode The setting mode is used for checking parameters and rewriting data The following is an overview of the setting mode A NOTE Refer to 5 3 Parameter List and 5 4 Parameter description for information on how to change setting 4 4 1 Structure of Setting Mode Display Simple parameter sheet IN this sheet a setting flow chart and the parameter list required to operate digitalYEWFLO is indicated Item number Change item number using SHIFT key and INC key T rm Data number 5 S Change the data number using SHIFT key and INC key F040401 EPS SHIFT SET Parameter Setting Mode Select Item SHIFT Menu lt gt Item Number INC Set Data SHIFT SET SET Inc Menu Number Select Type INC Inc Data Number Numeric Value Setting Type SHIFT Move Cursor INC Inc Numeric Value SET SHIFT or INC v Check Setting Data SET
38. Maintenance and Repasses este ies iid Ede E HE Der 13 2 5 Installation Diagram DI 13 3 5 CHORI ae E 13 3 4 Maimten nce and ee Eri de hace cous REN RI ei ei RR RR ROUES 13 3 5 Blectrical Conn ction et e Ee ete Lr Re on ica EU 13 3 6 Plate EBERT OE RR URN URS 13 4 CSA TR M 13 4 2 Wiring D 13 4 3 T P dtean cons 13 4 4 Maintenance and Repairs penetret e UR Uo aa Sa ed aS Hu EE ee terae ra repe 13 4 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe and Note eese netten 13 4 6 Dual Seal Option CST kenenin nee nno nee oaa era Saee aen dn eoa eee reta ge iii IM 01F06A00 01EN CONTENTS DEM 13 12 13 6 0 13 13 13 6 1 Technical Data i hang RED RUPEE AO ud odi i 13 13 13 6 2 Install tiofz ene UR RU Rt ete 13 13 duet E ete te ete na e ic o es 13 13 13 64 Maintenance and Ee md Re ee tee eee 13 13 13 6 5 Installatio
39. Rowe 9 41 Only for MV Figure 3 7 Unit mm A NOTE In case that the cable end finish parts assembly is necessary after delivery contact your nearest Yokogawa sales office or the sales representative from which you purchased the product FLOWMETER F030601 EPS T030601 EPS A CAUTION Do not touch the conductive layer black area covering the signal cables A and B to the converter case terminal and other leadwires If it is touched operation of the converter may be incorrect When the cable is terminated remove the conductive layer properly IM 01 06 00 01 3 6 2 For Vortex Flow Converter DYA 3 WIRING Description 1 Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket outer braided shield and inner jacket and inner braided shield as per the dimensions as shown Figure 15 0 6 10 0 4 Unit mm att approx inches 1 Black Conducti Layer T yellow 2 Cut of the black conductive layers convering the two wires completely as per the dimensions below Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands B White Conductive Layer 50 2 0 0 2 3 Do not short circuit the conductive layer and the terminals and 4 Strip off about 5 mm 0 2 in of insulation for each of wires A and and twist the strands of each wire 5 Slide bla
40. With Indicator None Indicator Options Refer to Option Specifications Multi Variable Type 13 DYC Signal Cable Model DYC Suffix Code Signal Cable Description Cable End Without End finish 14 With End finish Cable Length 715 5m 10m 15m 20m 25m 30m 35m 40m 45m 50m 55m 60m 65m 70m 75m 80m 85m 90m 95m Options 2 set 3 set 4 set 5 set 6 set 7 set 8 set 9 set Cable End Finish Parts 1 set Multi variable Type 13 output signal code J is recommended for HART communication Output signal code J HART 5 or HART 7 selectable Specify HART 5 or HART 7 when ordering For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protco In case of A JIS SCS14A the process connection is available for JIS AJ1 AJ2 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 In case of B ASTM CF8M the process connection is available for ANSI AA1 to 4 to 5 BS1 to 5 CA4 to 5 and DIN AD1 to 4 BD1 to 4 Refer to Table 12 3 1 Refer to Table 12 3 1 Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and the influence of process fluids The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and or damage to plant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluids Be very careful
41. of Cryogenic Version 2 6 2 7 2 4 Change the process temperature range and ambient temperature 2 9 2 4 Change the process temperature range 2 10 2 4 Change Figure 2 4 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 Add the description of Table 4 1 6 1 6 3 Change the contents of parameter lists 6 6 6 3 Change a table of parameter list 6 10 6 4 Add the description of B50 A OUT SELECT 7 3 7 2 2 Change a tuning method 9 1 9 1 1 Change the process temperature and ambient temperature 9 3 9 1 6 Change Data Plate 9 4 9 2 1 Change the process temperature and ambient temperature 9 5 9 2 5 Correct WARNING and Installation Diagram of Non incendive 9 6 9 2 6 Change Data Plate 9 8 9 4 1 Change the process temperature and ambient temperature 9 10 9 4 5 Correct the Installation Diagram of Non incendive 9 11 9 4 6 Change Data Plate 10 1 10 Change the technical data 4th Sep 2003 2 4 2 3 Add 51 to 5 2 5 Table 2 3 2 Add BS1 to 5 2 8 2 9 2 4 Add Hydrostatic Pressure Test etc 2 11 2 5 Table 2 5 1 Change the value for size 40 mm 3 10 3 7 3 Add the description 4 1 4 2 Figure 4 2 Add the description 4 3 4 4 Figure 4 5 Add the description 5 9 5 5 Figure 5 5 Add the description 5th Apr 2004 i CONTENTS Reconfiguration Add symbol mark revision vi Revision 1 1 Revision 2 1 22 Revision of Specification Move to Chapter 9 3 1 10 Revision Move to Chapter 2 3 9 Revision Move to Chapter 7 3 10 Add IMPORTANT Revision Move to Chapter 7 4 1 6 M
42. A Process variables Flow rate A20 Total A30 10 Loop Current CR CR Temp 41 Device variable status Time Stamps Flow rate Data Quality Flow rate Limit Status Total Data Quality Total Limit Status Temp Data Quality Temp Limit Status Data Quality Limit Status Loop Current Data Quality Loop Current Limit Status CR Data quality enum Limit status enum Bad Not limited Poor accuracy Low limited Manual Fixed Good High limited Constant Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Download 8 14 Data quality enum Limit status enum Data quality enum Limit status enum Data quality enum Limit status enum Data quality enum Limit status enum Data quality enum Limit status enum F081102 EPS 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 081101 5 01 06 00 01 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type B Diag Service Self test Status Self test M Status Status group 1 R Status group 1 enum Status group 2 R Status group 2 enum MV Status group
43. AMP unit Configure the Low P cut value correctly Is the TLA value configured correctly Configure the TLA value referring to 9 2 2 Tuning Configure the density value correctly Is the density value configured 15 at operating conditions correctly 5 output indicated when K25 N B MODE is MANUAL and K26 NOISE RATIO is 0 Replace the 2 15 there broken the sensor ehadder bar Replace the AMP unit This case is due to coating of vortex shedder bar Check the shedder bar piping inner surfaces F110102 EPS 11 2 IM 01 06 00 01 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Output is indicated at zero flow If a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Was a faulty area Yes found with selfdiagnosis Refer to the error code list and check for recovery measures Is fluid flowing Stop flow Are parameters configured correctly at operating conditions Configure the parameters correctly Are the load resistance supply voltage within Adjust to within the tolerance limits the tolerance limits Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded Ground digitalYEWFLO Does low cut adjust Adjust to low cut Does the tuning execute Execute the tuning referring 9 2 Adjustment for manua
44. BJ2 BA1 BA4 BAS E CA4 CA5 130 160 130 140 160 D 95 95 115 88 9 95 3 95 3 120 7 95 95 3 120 7 H 265 5 265 5 275 5 262 5 265 5 265 5 278 5 265 5 265 5 278 5 1 127 T 12 14 20 11 2 14 2 21 28 8 16 19 9 28 8 J 70 70 80 60 5 66 5 66 5 82 6 65 66 5 82 6 4 G 15 15 19 15 7 15 7 15 7 22 4 14 15 7 22 4 Weight kg 43 44 6 4 2 44 47 68 4 3 46 69 Model Code DY040 40mm 1 1 2in E1 Process ayy Connection 185 200 39 7 D 140 140 160 127 155 4 155 4 177 8 150 155 4 177 8 297 297 307 290 5 304 7 304 7 315 9 302 304 7 315 9 H1 136 Model Code DY080 80mm 8in E1 BD1 BD3 Process BS1 52 54 55 BJ1 BJ2 to to 4 CA5 Connection BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 4 L 245 200 235 250 9 D H H T J N 1 Weight kg 17 5 5 23 19 224 36 4 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm EARTH TERMINAL Only for the following HE T explosion protected type Flameproof IECEx Type n ATEX p L gt Model Code DY025 25mm 1in E1 BD1 Process BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 Connection BJ2 BJ4 BA1 BA2 4 BAS ES CA4
45. Fix Setting Data F040401 1 EPS Indicator Construction and Parameter Setting Procedure Figure 4 3 4 6 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES When completing setting press SHIFT key and SET key simultaneously The mode move to the display mode A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 4 4 2 Method of Parameter Setting B Input method of numeric data Example 1 Change the span from 100m h to 150m h The setting mode can be changed referring 5 3 parameter list Indication of flow Ensure the setting Enter to the setting mode Span number is 10 Enter to data number item Return to display mode Move the position to input the data A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Set 5 and indicate 150 3 Press SET key F040402 EPS 4 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES B Input method of selection items Example 2 Change the pulse output to alarm output The setting mode can be changed referring 5 3 parameter list Indication of 96 unit Indi
46. JIS 40K Flange RF 9 ANSI Class 150 Flange ANSI Class 600 Flange i RF ANSI Class 300 Flange RF RF ANSI Class 900 Flange RF ANSI Class 150 Flange RF SF ANSI Class 300 Flange RF SF ANSI Class 600 Flange RF SF ANSI Class 900 Flange RF SF DIN PN10 Flange RF DIN PN16 Flange RF DIN PN25 Flange RF DIN PN40 Flange RF ANSI Class 600 Flange RJ ANSI Class 900 Flange RJ Electrical Connection 10 JIS G 1 2 Female ANSI 1 2 NPT Female 11 ISO M20x1 5 Female Indicator With Indicator 12 None Indicator Remote type detector Options Refer to Option Specifications T120301 EPS 1 Output signal code E HART 5 e xg 4 us 6 erg 182 59 410 518 514 15 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION DYA Vortex Flowmeter Converter Remote Type Connection 10 Model Suffix Code Description DYA E Vortex Flowmeter Converter Remote Type 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse BRAIN Communication Output 410 20 mA DC Pulse Signal HART Communication 1 Commu 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse nication HART 5 HART 7 Communication 2 Os pex Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 3 Electrical 46 1 2 Female ANSI 1 2 NPT Female 11 ISO M20 x1 5 Female Indicator
47. lt gt 2 Q A I J K MINJO P Q 5 VINIXIYIZII 1 _ T070403 EPS 7 6 Parameter configuration The parameter structure of the HART configuration tool is hierarchical Refer to 7 12 Menu Tree Example for the corresponding parameters The menu tree shows a cross reference of the parameters for HART configuration Tool and BRAIN Terminal See 5 4 Parameter Description for the functions of param eters Note that some display parameters of digitalYEWFLO are different from those of HART Configuration Tools IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 7 Data Renewing and Upload download function 1 Data renewing Following data are renewed in 0 5 to 2 seconds cycle PV mge PVAOI Total Temp TV rnge AO3 MV only 2 Upload download function Upload download parameters from digitalYEWFLO to the HART Configuration Tool Refer to the Menu Tree for the applicable parameters 7 8 Self diagnostic The self diagnostic function of the digitalYEWFLO is explained in 5 5 Error Code Lists It is also possible to carry out this function via HART Configuration Tool Procedure to call up Self test Status Root Menu Diag Service Self test Status M M METHOD METHOD is a program to faciliate the parameter settings 7 9 Software Write Protect digitalYEWFLO configured data is saved by using a write protect function The write protect status is set to Yes when 8 alphanumeric characters are
48. tight using sealing tape 7 For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter wire cables through the packing adapters approved by Yokogawa optional code G11 or G12 3 8 3 WIRING 3 8 Grounding A IMPORTANT When a lightning protector option code A is selected use a grounding resistance of 100 or less 1 The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Either terminal may be used 2 For pulse output version ground the flowmeter Also ground the shielded cable between the converter and the pulse receiver 3 Grounding should satisfy Class D requirements ground resistance 100Q or less 4 Use 600V PVC insulated wire for grounding Grounding terminals Integral Type 030801 5 3 10 01 06 00 01 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES Data setting can be performed with the three keys on the front panel SET SHIFT and INC or using a handheld BRAIN BT200 terminal and HART communicator 4 1 Construction of the Display Figure 4 1 shows the configuration of the digital YEWFLO display panel if equipped D Data Display Upper 4 Unit Display UE Neat tam CHECK Vibration 3 Alarm Display 2 Data Display Lower 4 Unit Display 5 Setting Keys 040101 5 Figure 41 Construction of the Display
49. 0 31 0 31 0 31 19 23 23 19 224 224 254 18 18 224 254 19 23 25 22 4 254 31 8 18 22 254 G 0 75 0 91 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 88 1 00 0 71 0 71 0 88 1 00 0 75 0 91 0 98 0 75 0 88 1 00 1 25 0 71 0 87 1 00 WEIGHT 17 8 20 4 25 8 20 4 242 25 8 36 1 19 8 20 4 27 5 36 7 23 2 27 2 38 5 277 36 3 51 2 56 3 23 6 27 8 53 2 57 0 Ib 39 25 44 98 56 89 44 98 53 3 56 891 79 60 43 66 44 98 60 64 80 92 51 16 59 98 84 89 61 30 80 04 112 90 124 14 52 04 61 30 117 31 125 69 31 8 1 25 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC 12 24 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION High Process Temperature Version DY150 HT up to DY300 HT E Flange type Unit mm approx inch ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 125 4 92 EARTH TERMINAL 103 5 4 07 87 5 3 44 Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n ATEX T oD gt TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY150 15
50. 2541 i4 19 254 G 0 59 0 59 0 75 0 62 0 62 0 62 0 88 0 55 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 55 0 75 1 00 WEIGHT kg 46 47 63 45 47 50 71 46 49 72 73 75 90 70 76 81 115 73 118 Ib 10 14 10 36 13 89 9 92 10 36 11 03 15 66 10 14 10 80 15 88 16 10 16 54 19 85 15 44 16 76 17 86 25 36 16 10 18 30 26 02 TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY040 40mm 1 in LT HT DY050 50mm 2in LT HT PROCESS 2 4 5 BD1 BA1 BA2 BA4 BA5 BD1 CONNECTION BJ2 BJ4 51 BS2 BS4 855 BD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD4 4 CA5 L 150 200 150 185 200 170 230 170 205 230 5 91 7 87 5 91 7 28 7 87 6 69 9 06 6 69 8 07 9 06 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 140 140 160 127 1155 4 155 4 177 8 150 155 4 177 8 155 155 165 152 4 165 1 165 1 215 9 165 165 1 215 9 D 8 51 5 51 6 30 5 00 6 12 6 12 7 00 5 91 6 12 7 00 6 10 6 10 6 50 6 00 6 50 6 50 8 50 6 50 6 50 8 50 7 463 446 460 460 472 458 460 472 482 482 487 481 487 487 513 487 487 513 H 17 83 17 83 18 23 17 56 18 11 18 11 18 58 18 03 18 11 18 58 18 98 18 98 19 17 18 94 19 17 19 17 20 20 19 17 19 17 20 20 Hi 279 10 98 301 11 85 T6 18
51. 26 175 206 288 382 18 288 382 16 18 26 T1 224 318 44 5 20 33 3 46 T 0 63 0 71 1 02 0 69 0 81 1 13 1 50 0 71 1 13 1 50 0 63 0 71 1 02 0 75 0 88 1 25 1 75 0 79 1 31 1 81 105 105 120 98 6 114 3 114 3 124 110 114 3 124 120 120 130 120 7 127 127 165 1 125 127 165 1 J 4 13 4 13 4 72 3 88 4 50 4 50 4 88 4 33 4 50 4 88 4 72 4 72 5 12 4 75 5 00 5 00 6 50 4 92 5 00 6 50 4 415818141 81 58158141818 0 16 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 19 19 23 15 7 22 4 284 18 224 284 19 19 19 19 19 19 254 18 19 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 62 0 88 0 88 1 12 0 71 0 88 1 12 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 71 0 75 4 00 WEIGHT 86 88 12 85 97 117 166 9 2 121 167 11 5 120 147 12 1 13 6 15 2 26 9 11 7 162 273 Ib 18 96 19 40 27 12 18 74 21 39 25 80 36 60 20 29 26 68 36 82 25 36 26 46 32 42 126 68 29 99 33 52 59 32 25 80 35 72 60 20 Only for REMOTE CODE DY080 80mm 3in HT DY100 100mm 4 in HT PROCESS BA2 BA4 BAS BA2 BA4 BAS BD1 803 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 851 852 BS4 855 BD2 4 cas BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 51 852 54
52. 5 46 185 6 7 31 80 305 355 279 41317 5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 1342 91 381 1419 1 469 9 340 340 360 375 419 11469 9 D 11 02 12 01 13 98 11 00 12 50 14 02 15 00 11 22 11 81 14 02 15 00 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 16 50 18 50 13 39 13 39 14 17 14 76 16 50 18 50 Shedder Bar 453 465 490 452 471 491 503 455 463 491 503 510 520 516 535 554 579 515 515 525 532 554 579 Material 17 83 18 31 19 29 17 80 18 54 19 33 19 80 17 91 18 23 19 33 19 80 20 08 20 47 20 31 21 06 21 81 22 80 20 28 20 28 20 67 20 94 21 81 22 80 Shedder Bar 460 472 497 459 478 498 510 462 470 498 510 517 527 523 542 561 586 522 522 532 539 561 586 Material B 18 11 18 58 19 57 18 67 18 82 19 61 20 08 18 19 18 50 19 61 20 08 20 35 20 75 20 59 21 34 22 09 23 07 20 55 20 55 20 94 21 22 22 09 23 07 atone E 209 8 23 241 9 49 ppscder 216 8 50 248 9 76 22 28 44 125 4 366 544 62 22 28 557 636 22 30 2841 411 62 69 9 24 24 30 34 63 6 71 4 0 87 4 10 1 73 1 00 1 44 2 14 2 44 0 87 1 10 2 19 2 50 0 87 1 18 1 12 1 62 2 44 2 75 0 95 0 95 1 18 1 34 2 50 2 81 240 260 295 241 3 269 7 292 3175 240 250 292 317 5 290 305 298 5 330 2 349 3 393 7 295 295 310
53. 79 114 Ib 9 26 9 48 13 01 9 04 9 48 10 14 14 77 9 26 9 92 14 99 15 21 15 66 18 96 14 55 15 88 16 98 24 48 15 21 17 42 26 14 INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY040 40mm 1 in DY050 50mm 2in PROCESS BA2 BA4 BAS BA2 BAS CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 854 855 BD4 CA4 BJ2 BJ4 851 52 BS4 55 BD4 5 L 150 200 150 185 200 170 230 170 205 230 5 91 7 87 5 91 7 28 7 87 6 69 9 06 6 69 8 07 9 06 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 140 140 160 127 155 4 155 4 177 8 150 155 41177 8 155 155 165 152 4 165 1 165 1 215 9 165 165 1 215 9 D 5 51 5 51 6 30 5 00 6 12 6 12 7 00 5 91 6 12 7 00 6 10 6 10 6 50 6 00 6 50 6 50 8 50 6 50 6 50 8 50 309 5 309 5 319 5 303 317 317 328 5 314 5 317 328 5 339 339 344 337 5 344 344 360 5 344 344 369 5 H 12 19 12 19 12 58 11 93 12 48 12 48 12 93 12 38 12 48 12 93 13 35 13 35 13 54 13 29 13 54 13 54 14 55 13 54 13 54 14 55 Hi 136 5 35 158 6 22 16 18 26 17 5 20 6 28 8 38 2 18 288 382 16 18 26 19 1 224 31 8 44 5 20 33 3 46 T 0 63 0 71 1 02 0 69 0 81 1 13 1 50 0 71 1 13 1 50 0 63 0 71 1 02 0 75 0 88 1 25 1 75 0 79 1 31 1 81 105 105 120 98 6 114 3 114 3 124 110 114 3 124 120 120
54. C to 80 C T5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C 299 to 450 C T130301 1 eps Note Use HT version above 250 C Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Tamp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Power Supply 10 5 to 42Vdc max Output Signal Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more Special conditions for safe use 1 For process temperatures above 250 C the flow meters of the HT version must be used 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 3 2 Installation A WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient tempera ture exceeds 60 C and or the process tempera ture exceeds 200 C cable entry devices shall be certified type of protection flame proof enclosure d and suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed e Unused apertures shall be closed with certified blanking elements in type of protection flame proof enclose d The grounding terminals are locate
55. CA5 L 150 190 150 170 190 25 7 D 125 125 130 108 124 124 149 4 115 124 1494 H 282 5 282 5 285 274 282 282 294 7 277 5 282 294 7 H1 129 T 14 16 22 142 17 5 24 34 9 18 24 34 9 J 90 90 95 79 2 89 89 101 6 85 89 1016 N 4 G 19 19 19 15 7 19 19 25 4 14 19 25 4 12 33 Weight kg 7 7 2 8 7 6 7 7 3 7 8 11 2 7 8 11 5 Model Code DY050 50mm 2in 1 BD1 Process 52 54 55 Connection 841 8 2 Bus Bas Bas 10 0 4 CAS L 170 230 170 205 230 51 1 D H H1 T J N Process Bu CAS Connection 93 8 D 210 225 250 228 6 254 273 292 1 220 235 273 292 1 386 393 5 406 395 3 408 417 5 427 391 398 5 417 5 427 H1 190 23 8 31 8 26 9 25 19 55254 31 8 18 22 25 4 38 2 27 5 36 50 9 56 23 3 27 5 52 9 56 7 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Stainless Steel Housing DY150 E1 up to DY300 E1 E Flange type Unit mm ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female approx inch ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO 20 1 5 Female EARTH TERMINAL Only for the following explosion protected type x Flameproof I ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX E
56. Cryogenic version LT JIS SUS316 stainless steel plated with silver JIS SUS316 stainless steel with polytetra fluoroethylene Teflon coating NACE Material NC JIS SUS316 stainless steel with polytetra fluoroethylene Teflon coating Note1 Wafer type Process Connection A DYO15 DY100 Reduced bore type is Flange type only 1 2 6 Flange type Process Connection B DY015 DY300 T120303 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Table 12 3 2 Flowmeter Selection Guide Wafer Flange Raised Face Flange Ring Joint Flange Raised Face Smooth Finish Process Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Connection Code Model Code Code Model Code Code Model Code Code Model Code DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 JIS 10 K to But upto up to up to DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 JIS 20 K AJ2 eee BJ2 upto up to up to DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 up to JIS 40 K AJ4 DY100 4 DY015 up to DY150 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 ANSI Class 150 0 upto upto up to BS1 upto upto up to DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 up to DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 ANSI Class 300 AA2 2 up to up to up
57. DTM Basic setup Tags Tag RW Long tag RW Easy setup _ Contact output M Method Display mode Upper display B30 RW Lower display B31 RW Totalizer Total A30 Total start stop B40 RW Total rate B45 RW Total reset M Analog out select M Method 3 Flow span B10 RW Flow rate damping value B15 RW Device information Date RW Descriptor RW Massage RW Write protect R Model R Others Fluid M Method F081105 EPS 8 17 IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only D Detailed setup 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read d RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type Characterize meter Upload Download Flow rate units Nominal size Configure outputs M Method Method Base unit User s unit Conversion factor End Special Base unit Analog outputs User s unit Conversion factor Flow span B10 RW Out limit H D30 RW Burn out 035 R Loop current mode RW Loop current mode enum Channel flags R M Display mode Upper display B30 RW Lower display B31 RW Total A30 CR Total start stop B40 RW Total rate 845 RW Total reset B47 M HART output Poll addr RW Loop cur
58. DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 A ASTM CF8M JIS SCS13 x 080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 JIS SCS14A X Note 2 ASTM CF8M DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 B JIS SCS14A 150 bv2ooRi ASTM CF8M ASIMBEOM DY200 DY250 DY300 Note1 In case of the suffix code of the body material is A the code of the process connection is for one of AJO AJO BJO APU or In case of the code B process connection code is for one of AA Note2 In cases of optional specifications code HY HT or NC BAI BS AD or BD code in accordance with the shedder bar material chart Note3 Reduced bore type is Flange type only select X for both body material code and select shedder bar material Shedder bar material Standard Anti corrosion High process Cryogenic NACE Material TIIS Flame proof version Il HY temperature version version LT NC Model Note 3 approval Note 2 1 2 Note 1 2 Note 1 2 3 Note 1 2 L E X X X DYO15 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 ASTM 531803 ASTMS31803 ASTM 10276 ASTM N10276 ASTM N10276 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 xX X X 0050 ASTM CW 12MW ASTM CW 12MW ASTM CW 12MW ASTM CW 12MW DYO80 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 L DCS1 E x x DY150
59. DY200 R1 or EN1 4517 ASTM CW 12MW m ASTM CW 12MW EN1 4517 or or B B DY200 a m m ASTM CF8M ASTM CF8M Note 4 Note 4 DY250 B ASTM CF8M DY300 Note 5 Note1 Select body code X for HY HT LT and NC Note2 Select shedder bar code E in case of TIIS Flame proof type The combination of JF3 and HY HT LT and NC select shedder bar code X Note3 Wafer type Process Connection A DY015 DY100 Flange type Process Connection B DY015 DY300 Reduced bore type is Flange type only Note4 Shedder bar code X or B is selectable for DY150 HT DY150 NC DY200 HT and DY200 NC In case of the combination with JF3 shedder bar code X is selectable only Note5 Select shedder bar code only B for DY250 HT and DY300 HT DY250 HT JF3 and DY300 HT JF3 are not available Incl Tokuchu Gasket material Model Note 1 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 DY150 DY200 R1 DY200 DY250 DY300 Standard JIS SUS316 stainless steel with polytetra fluoroethylene Teflon coating Anti corrosion version JIS 505316 stainless steel with polytetra fluoroethylene Teflon coating High process temperature version HT
60. Data Display Upper flowrate data setting data total data and temperature data 2 Data Display Lower total data alarm data and temperature data MV Alarm Display alarm of a flow error and a vibration error Unit Display flowrate unit 5 Setting Keys These keys are used to change flow rate data displays and type of setting data IM 01 06 00 01 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 4 2 Display Contents in Display Section The display content items are classified in the following three items Table 4 2 Mode Name List Mode status Name Display Contents Flowrate display A mode in which instantaneous flow rates or totalized values are displayed mode Display content is usually selected either in display content selection mode or by setting parameters via BRAIN communication Setting mode In this mode parameter contents are confirmed or data is updated using the setting section The mode is changed to this mode when SET key is pressed in normal mode Alarm number display This mode is overlapped when an alarm is occurring in display mode The alarm number presentation to mode indicate alarm contents about 2 sec and the normal data display about 4 sec are repeated alternatively Mode represents that the system is in a state where the relevant setting or display is possible T040201 EPS Display Example
61. Final asmbly num R Dev id R Next universal rev X Chng universal rev x MV Thermometer Function Monitor only Saturated steam Mass unit Time unit End Superheat steam Pressure unit Pressure unit enum Gas STD Normal F18 RW 219 RW F20 RW Pressure unit enum 221 RW 222 RW F23 RW 224 RW RW Liquid Mass Density unit F26 RW Base density F27 RW F28 RW 229 RW F30 RW F31 RW 2 RW F35 RW Not use Cable length F52 RW Temp damping F50 RW Analog out select F55 3 Review Review 1 Review 2 Review 3 MV Review 4 Pressure unit enum F071206 EPS 7 9 IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL 7 10 Model Flow rate unit Special unit Function Manufacturer Flow span User s unit Base density Distributor PV Damp Conversion factor 1 st temp coeff Tag Contact output Nominal size 2 nd temp coeff Descriptor Pulse rate Body type Cable length Message Frequency at 100 Sensor type Temp damping Date Setting level K factor Analog out select Dev id Upper display Detector No Temp 0 Write protect Lower display User adjust Temp 100 AO Alrm typ Total rate Reynolds adjust Temp error out Universal rev Tota
62. Low Off Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset B47 Analog out select B50 Flow ditto Method Temp Temp unit Temp 0 Temp 100 Temp error out End Liquid Volume Volumetric unit Method Amessage for thermometer type and Saturated steam Superheat steam Gas STD Nomal or Liquid Mass is selected Now setting mode of thermometer Please set at another menu Process abort A parameter selected in Thermometer Function Time unit End Gas Steam Volume ditto Ligiuid Mass Density unit Process density Mass unit Time unit End Gas Steam Mas ditto Gas STD Normal Temp unit Flow span C45 Flow rate damping value C50 RW RW Process temp Base temp Pressure unit Process pressure Base pressure Deviation STD Normal unit Time unit End 8 16 F081104 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type
63. O Ring Washer Union nut Packing gland Clamp ring Clamp nut B coupling Cable user s scope 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm MC gt 12 39 Size Packing dimensions Identification Weight Cable outer diameter k T1 T2 C D 18 G kg 8 to 10 10 0 16 8 10 G 1 2 G 1 2 85 33 oho 20 0 0 26 10 to 12 12 0 16 10 12 Fig50 IM 01 06 00 01 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT In this section further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described except TIIS Flame proof For explosion proof type instrument the description in this chapter is prior to other description in this Instruction Manual AN WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 13 1 ATEX WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product 13 1 1 Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard EN60079 0 2009 EN60079 1 2007 Certificate DEKRA I1 ATEX0212X Type of Protection Group II Category 2G Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T
64. R Status group 3 enum Cfg chng count R Reset Cfg chng flag M Ext dev status R Ext dev status enum Loop test Test output Out analog Out pulse Out Status D A trim Scaled D A trim Simulate Test auto release time J40 Master reset Status group 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Device ID not entered Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Status group 2 enum Transient noise Status group 3 enum Temp over output Over temp Temp sensor fault Temp convert fault High vibration Clogging Fluctuating Burst configuration error Device variable simulation Ext dev status enum Maintenace required Device variable alert Critical Power Failure F081103 EPS 8 15 IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write eaten of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type DD Basic setup Tag 210 RW Long Tag RW Easy setup Contact output B20 JOff Method Scaled pulse Pulse rate 821 Unscaled pulse ditto Frequency Frequency at 100 B22 Setting level B23 Alarm Flow SW Low On Flow SW
65. Refer to P12 16 For the Multi Variable Type refer to 12 4 2 term Repeatability 0 2 of Reading Calibration This flowmeter is factory calibrated using a water flow Temperature and flow calibration by water flow when MV is selected Normal Operating Condition Process Temperature Range 29 to 250 C general 196 to 100 C Cryogenic Version option 29 to 450 C High Process Temperature Version option For the Multi Variable Type refer to 12 4 2 term Refer to Figure 1 for integral converter type Process Pressure Limit 0 1MPa 1 kg cm to flange rating Ambient Temperature Range 29 to 85 C Remote type detector 40 to 85 C Remote type converter 29 to 85 C Integral type refer to Figure 12 2 1 29 to 80 C Integral type with Indicator refer to Figure 12 2 1 30 to 80 C Remote type converter with Indicator Ambient Humidity 5 to 100 RH at 40 C No Condensation Power Supply Voltage 9 10 5 to 42 V DC Refer to Figure 12 2 2 Relationship Between Power Supply Voltage and Load Resistance Mechanical Specifications Material General Type Refer to Table 12 3 1 Wetted Parts Body Stainless steel JIS SCS14A ASTM ASME CF8M Shedder Bar Duplex stainless steel Size 15mm ASTM 531803 Size 25mm to 300mm DCS1 EN 1 4517 1 DCS1 is a registered trademark of Daido Castings Co Ltd Gasket JIS SUS316 stainless steel with Teflon coating Teflon is a registered trad
66. please contact your nearest Yokogawa sales office that appears on the back of this manual or the sales representative from which you purchased the product This manual is not intended for models with custom specifications Revisions may not always be made in this manual in conjunction with changes in specifications constructions and or components if such changes are not deemed to interfere with the instrument s functionality or perfor mance Notices Regarding Safety and Modification For the protection and safety of personnel the instrument and the system comprising the instrument be sure to follow the instructions on safety described in this manual when handling the product If you handle the instrument in a manner contrary to these instructions Yokogawa does not guarantee safety If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired As for explosionproof model if you yourself repair or modify the instrument and then fail to return it to its original form the explosion protected construction of the instrument will be impaired creating a hazardous condition Be sure to consult Yokogawa for repairs and modifications Safety and Modification Precautions The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with
67. ton Un 0 001 IM 01 06 00 01 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 TROUBLESHOOTING CAUTION Please avoid replacing the amplifier unit from the case and the vortex shedder bar When these procedures are needed please contact the nearest Yokogawa office 11 1 Flow Large flowmeter errors and flowrate reading fluctuates If a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Was a faulty area Yes found with selfdiagnosis Refer to the error code list and check for recovery measures Are the parameters configured correctly at operating conditions Configure the parameters correctly Ensure the straight lengths of pipeline referring to 2 INSTALLATION Is straight lengths of pipeline stable Replace the gaskets referring 2 INSTALLATION Does gaskets protrudes No Is there a snapping sound from the flowmeter Check the cavitation referring to 12 5 Sizing Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded Ground YEWFLO Does the value in K34 VORTEX FREQ undergo a lot of changes This case is due to coating of stuff vortex shedder bar Check the piping inner surfaces Normal Check standards After the output showed correctly the indication goes down to zero at certain time When this
68. ye uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo 11e uonejedo jeuonejedo 10 209 Ul ul Ul s 10 10113 t g 90 0 Uey 5501 JO 550 Jo oseo ul 0 u8uM 0 ye pue ye pue ueds AOL 1 HOLL jeuBis 20 jo eseo 10 eseo 0 pue indino 1 uonejedo uogejedo 0 UlI OLL uonejedo 10 011 S peus MOSHO JeuuoN ye pexi4 JeuuoN ye poxi4 EWJON indino 01 29 uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo MO 4 MOSHO 10215 MO3HO uoneiedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo
69. 00 01 7 H ADJUST This item for setting of adjustment 10 H11 TRIM 4mA TRIM 20mA Triming of 4mA and 20mA Fine tuning adjustment of 4mA and 20mA output Fine tuning range is form 1 00 to 1 00 H20 USER ADJUST Conversion factor for user setting Set conversion factor by user This conversion factor is converted into measurement flowrate H25 REYNOLDS ADJ Reynolds adjustment Select the Reynolds adjustment This adjustment should be done in case of their error compensation because error of vortex flowmeter should be increased when it come to low reynolds numbers The following item should be done in case of which H25 is ACTIVE H26 DENSITY f Set the density at operating condition H27 VISCOSITY Set the value of viscosity at standard conditions The values should be used for Reynolds adjustment Reynolds number Re is calculated as shown in the formula below Re 354 x Q X PE Dxu Q Volumetric flow m h D Internal diameter mm pf Density at operating condition u Viscosity m s cp Flowrate error of vortex flowmeter increases as Reynolds number decrease less than 20000 By setting H25 H26 H27 it corrects the error H30 EXPANSION FA Gas expansion correc tion When measuring a compressibility gas by mass flow Steam M Gas M and standard condition Gas Qn this expansion factor is useful to correct the deviation from the i
70. 01 06 00 01 6 2 Displaying Flow Rate Data Flowrate data can be displayed on the BT200 screen according to the following procedure WELCOME BRAIN TERMINAL ID BT200 Check connection Push ENTER key UTIL FEED Turn the power on and the Screen on the left Please wait is displayed for a few minutes 01 MODEL digitalYEWFLO 02 TAG NO 03 SELF CHECK GOOD Pressing the ENTER key causes the initial data Screen on the left to be displayed L The tag number specified upon ordering is entered EASY SETUP BASIC SETUP AUX SETUP METER SETUP ADJUST HOME SET ADJ ESC Inverse Video Bar Pressing the F4 or ENTER causes the menu Screen on the left to be displayed PARAM A10 FLOW 80 0 A20 FLOW RATE 100m3 h A30 TOTAL 1417 DATA DIAG PRNT ESC With A DISPLAY displayed on the menu panel in the inverse video bar press ENTER key and the flow data screen appears Maximum three data items can be displayed on one Screen l PARAM A10 FLOW RATE 96 80 0 A20 FLOW RATE 100m3 h A30 TOTAL 1417 DATA DIAG PRNT ESC Executing Function Key F1 Updates the current data F2 Displays the self check screen Displays the parameter print sreen Returns to the previous F3 F4 panel menu panel hd Function Key F060201 EPS 6 2 6 Operati
71. 06 00 01 5 PARAMETER SETUP 9 Item K Maintenance These items are for maintenance Item Name R W Data Range Unit p Remark ae KOO MAINTENANCE Menu K Maintenance K10 TLA W 0 1 to 20 0 1 Trigger Level Adjust 1 0 D K20 SIGNAL LEVEL W 0 1 to 20 0 1 Signal Level 1 0 D K25 N B MODE W AUTO 0 Selection of Noise balance Mode 0 D MANUAL 1 TUNING AT ZERO 2 K26 NOISE RATIO 0 00 to 2 00 2 D K28 SET VORTEX F W 0 to 10000 Hz Oto5 Output test by setting simulated frequency 2 D K30 VELOCITY R m s 2 Velocity D K32 SPAN V R m s 2 Span velocity D K34 VORTEX FREQ R Hz Oto5 Vortex frequency D K36 SPAN F R Hz Oto5 Span frequency D Indicate only for F10 Saturated Steam or Super heat steam or Liquid mass 1 K38 DENSITY R 0 00001 to 32000 D25 Oto 5 Density value Calculated by Thermometer D K40 ERROR RECORD R Error Records K45 H VIBRATION W 0 0 Selection of Output Function when High 1 NO ACTION 1 Vibration error is indicated K50 SOFTWARE REV R 0 01 to 99 99 Software Revision Number K60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Only for Option Code MV TOROSIO ERS 2 Available for 5 10 or greater version that can be checked 50 SOFTWARE REV 10 Item M Memo These items are for Memorandum Item Name R W Data Range Unit onda Remark In
72. 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard FM3660 1998 FM3611 1999 FM3615 1989 FM3810 1989 Including Supplement 1 1995 ANSI NEMA 250 1991 Type of Protection Explosionproof for Class I Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignition proof for Class Division 1 Groups E F and G SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 42Vdc max Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal to Converter 30Vp p Input Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Input Signal from Flowmeter 30Vp p 1004 Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Special Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard FM3600 1998 FM3610 2010 FM3611 2004 FM3810 2005 NEMA 250 1991 ANSI ISA 60079 0 2009 ANSI ISA 60079 11 2009 Type of Protection Intrinsically safe for Class I II III Div 1 Groups A
73. 130 120 7 127 127 165 1 125 127 165 1 J 4 13 4 13 4 72 3 88 4 50 4 50 4 88 4 33 4 50 4 88 4 72 4 72 5 12 4 75 5 00 5 00 6 50 4 92 5 00 6 50 4 41 1818141 8181 8141818 0 16 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 19 19 23 15 7 22 4 224 284 18 224 284 19 19 19 19 19 19 254 18 19 254 G 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 62 0 88 0 88 1 12 0 71 0 88 1 12 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 71 0 75 1 00 WEIGHT 82 8 4 11 9 81 113 162 11 7 163 113 116 145 117 132 148 265 11 3 15 8 26 9 Ib 18 08 18 52 26 24 17 86 20 51 24 92 35 72 19 40 25 80 35 94 24 48 25 58 31 53 25 80 29 11 32 63 58 43 24 92 34 84 59 31 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY080 80mm DY100 100mm 4in PROCESS 1 BA2 5 2 BAS BD1 ICONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 852 854 855 BD2 BD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 851 BS2 BS4 55 BD2 BD4 CAS 200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285 7 87 9 65 7 87 9 25 9 84 8 66 9 45 11 02 8 66 10 63 11 22 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 185 200 210 1190 5 209 6 209 6 241 3 200 200 209 6 241 3 210 225 250 228 6 254 273 292 1 220 235 273 29211 D 7 28 7 87 8 27 7 50 8 25 8 25 9 50 7
74. 14 61 Shedder Bar 346 13 62 378 14 88 22 28 44 25 4 36 6 54 4 62 22 28 55 7 63 6 22 28 4 41 1 62 69 9 24 24 30 34 63 6 71 4 0 87 1 10 1 73 1 00 1 44 2 14 pu 0 87 1 10 2 19 2 50 0 87 1 1 12 1 62 2 44 2 75 0 95 0 95 1 18 1 34 2 50 2 81 240 260 295 241 31269 7 292 317 5 240 250 292 317 5 290 305 298 5 330 2 349 3 393 7 295 295 310 320 349 2 393 7 J 9 45 10 24 11 61 050 Sole Ta 9 84 11 50 12 50 11 42 13 75 15 50 11 61 11 61 12 20 12 60 13 75 15 50 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 N 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 n 47 0 47 o 2n 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 47 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 23 25 33 224 224 28 4 31 8 6 284 318 23 25 224 254 318 381 22 22 26 30 31 8 38 1 G 0 91 0 98 1 30 0 88 0 88 1 12 1 25 9 87 1 02 1 12 1 25 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 1 25 1 50 0 87 0 87 1 02 1 18 1 25 1 50 WEIGHT 33 4 43 4 76 4 36 4 54 4 84 4 106 33 4 42 9 90 107 45 4 52 4 55 4 80 4 136 182 46 3 46 3 53 6 55 9 139 183 Ib 73 65 95 70 168 46 80 26 119 95 186 10 233 73 73 65 94 59 198 45 235 94 100 11 115 54 122 16 177 28 299 88 401 31 102 09 102 09 18 19 123 26 306 50 403 52
75. 15482 23172 38549 53933 69313 84693 123138 161591 200046 1037 1461 1788 2306 3127 4019 4911 7140 9370 11600 ues 12049 23939 35833 59611 83400 107181 130968 190418 249881 309334 min 1485 2093 2561 3303 4479 5756 7033 10226 13419 16612 nin 17256 34286 51317 85370 119441 153499 187556 272699 357856 443017 1 At standard conditions STP 0 C 1atm 120507 8 2 Pressure listed is at process temperature of 0 C 3 Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80 m s 4 Minimum values are determined from Table 12 5 3 The values in parenthesis show the minimum linear flow rates Re 20 000 or 40 000 when they are higher than the minimum measurable flow rate Table 12 5 6 Range of Measurable Saturated Steam Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures Flow Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate in kg h Model Code Rate Limits 0 1 MPa 0 2 0 4MPa 0 6MPa 0 8 MPa 1 MPa 1 5 MPa 2 MPa 2 5 MPa 3 MPa DYO25 min 5 8 10 7 7 0 11 1 8 8 11 6 10 4 12 1 11 6 12 3 12 8 15 8 19 1 23 6 28 1 DYO15 jni R2 558 80 129 177 225 272 390 508 628 748 DYO40 DYO5O min 13 4 18 9 16 2 20 0 20 5 241 271 30 36 41 49 58 DY025 Ri JjR2 max 1697 247 7 400 548 696 843 1209 1575 1945 2318 DY050 min 26
76. 320 349 3 393 7 J 9 45 10 24 11 61 9 50 10 62 11 50 12 50 9 45 9 84 11 50 12 50 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 13 75 15 50 11 61 11 61 12 20 12 60 13 75 15 50 8 12 2 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 N 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 31 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 23 25 33 22 4 22 4 28 4 318 22 26 284 318 23 25 224 254 318 38 1 22 26 30 31 8 38 1 G 0 91 0 98 1 30 0 88 0 88 1 12 1 25 0 87 1 02 1 12 1 25 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 1 25 1 50 0 87 0 87 1 02 1 18 1 25 1 50 WEIGHT kg 33 4 43 4 76 4 36 4 54 4 84 4 106 33 4 42 9 90 107 45 4 524 55 4 80 4 136 182 46 3 46 3 53 6 55 9 139 183 lb 73 65 95 70 168 46 80 26 119 95 186 10 233 73 73 65 94 59 198 45235 94 100 11115 54 122 16 177 28 299 88 401 31 102 09 102 09 18 19 123 26 306 52403 52 INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY250 250mm 10in DY300 300mm 12in PROCESS BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 51 BS2 L 370 400 1457 15 75 230 8 276 2 9 09 10 87 400 430 1406 41444 5 445 480 482 6 520 7 D 15 75 16 93 16 00 17 50 17 52 18 90 19 00 20 50 581 596 584 603 633 651 652 671 H 22 87 23 46 22 99 2
77. 5 After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released IM 01 06 00 01 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 A NOTE In this Users Manual HART protocol revision 5 and 7 are described as HART 5 and HART 7 respectively Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation HCF 7 1 HART Protocol Revision For the models with the output signal code J HART protocol revision 5 or 7 is selectable The protocol revision is set as specified in the order Confirmation by the name plate The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number In the case of the communication code J The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of 1 the serial number 2 digiralYSGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER SUPPLY 1025422 V DC LYOKOGAWA 0 SO L 5 HART 5 7 7 E OUTPUT 4 20 DC PLUSE VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER 1 KM 1234 P71 812 D ee 080001 5 Figure 71 Plate 7 2 Matching of instrument digitalYEWFLO DD and HART Configuration Tool s DD Before using the HART
78. 5 608 627 Hi 318 Hi 333 T 22 28 25 4 36 6 22 30 28 4 41 1 J 240 260 241 3 269 7 J 290 305 298 5 330 2 N 8 12 8 12 N 12 12 8 12 G 23 25 22 4 22 4 G 23 25 22 4 25 4 Weight k 40 3 50 3 43 3 61 3 Weight kg 61 9 68 9 71 9 96 9 12 31 IM 01 06 00 01 Stainless Steel Housing DY015 E1 up to DY100 E1 E Wafer Type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO M20x1 5 Female EARTH TERMINAL 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm approx inch on for the folowing co explosion protected type gt E Lt gt a B e L e Model Code 015 15mm 1 2in E1 DY025 25mm E1 DY040 40mm 1 1 2in E1 Process AD1 AD1 AD1 c AJ 2 ANT AA2 AM to AJ2 ANT AA2 AM to 2 AA2 AM to ias AD4 AD4 L 70 70 70 B 35 35 35 14 6 25 7 39 7 D 35 1 50 8 73 H 235 5 245 4 263 5 H1 127 129 136 E 49 5 49 5 56 6 42 7 47 1 271 46 63 6 63 6 67 2 56 62 9 62 9 60 1 74
79. 5 29 2 32 40 6 47 7 53 8 59 72 93 116 138 DYO40 mi m2 max 405 591 954 1310 1662 2012 2884 3759 4640 5532 DY100 min 440 53 67 3 79 89 98 119 156 192 229 DY050 R2 671 979 1580 2170 2753 3333 4778 6228 7688 9166 DY100 150 min 84 9 108 130 152 171 189 231 300 371 442 080 R1 R2 max 1295 1891 3050 4188 5314 6435 9224 12024 14842 17694 pvigo DY180 DY200 min 148 179 227 267 300 330 402 524 647 772 R1 R2 2261 3300 5326 7310 9276 11232 16102 20986 25907 30883 07200 min 324 392 498 600 761 922 1322 1723 2127 2536 R1 max 4950 7226 11661 16010 20315 24595 35258 45953 56729 67624 min 697 841 1068 1252 1410 1649 2364 3081 3803 4534 DY200 max 8851 12918 20850 28627 36325 43976 63043 82165 101433 120913 min 1256 1518 1929 2260 2546 2801 3655 4764 5882 7011 DY250 max 13687 19977 32243 44268 56172 68005 97489 127058 156854 186978 min 1799 2174 2762 3236 3646 4012 5235 6823 8423 10041 DY300 19602 28609 46175 63397 80445 97390 139614 181960 224633 267772 1 Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80 m s T120508 EPS 3 Minimum values are determined from Table 12 5 3 The values in parenthesis show the minimum linear flow rates Re 20 000 or 40 000 when they are higher than the minimum measurable flow rate 12 18 IM 01F06A00 01EN Reference
80. 59 09 84 01 60 42 79 16 112 011123 26 51 16 60 42 116 42 124 80 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In the case of with Indicator add 0 2 kg Note 3 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC 12 21 IM 01F06A00 01EN Flange type DY150 up to DY300 Quy Ulu ypu WITH INDICATOR E Intrinsically safe ry ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 125 4 92 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm A EARTH 4 07 e TERMINAL ro 103 5 Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx H1 SAA Type n ATEX approx inch LNS N Y L gt TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE DY 150 150mm DY200 200mm 8in PROCESS 2 BA4 BAS BD1 2 4 BAS CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 51 52 54 855 2 BD4 CA4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 851 52 BS4 55 BD1 BD2 BD4 CA4 CA5 L 270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390 10 63 12211323 10 63 12 80 13 39 12 20 14 57 15 20 12 20 1476 15 35 138 8
81. 73 2 87 92 3 62 H 401 15 79 419 16 50 450 5 17 74 H1 272 10 71 279 10 98 301 11 85 E 636 636 672 56 629 629 601 742 742 849 697 808 808 778 notes 45 9 498 tote 1 486 486 Note 1 2 50 2 50 2 65 2 20 2 48 2 48 2 37 2 92 2 92 3 34 2 74 3 18 3 18 3 06 1391 1 1 81 1 96 Note 1 1 1 91 Note 1 318 318 336 28 374 314 301 371 371 424 348 40 4 40 4 38 9 Note 1 254 601 587 587 Note 1 1 25 1 25 1 32 1 10 1 24 1 24 1 19 1 46 1 46 1 67 1 37 1 59 1 59 1 53 2 18 2 37 2 31 2 31 G 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 17 17 21 14 20 20 17 Note 1 17 17 Note 1 17 17 Note 1 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 55 0 67 0 67 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 55 0 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 67 WEIGHT kg 4 1 9 046 7 10 366 6 4 14116 TYPE Only for REMOTE CODE DY080 80mm 3in LT HT DY100 100mm 4 in HT PROCESS AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3 CONNECTION AJ2 aai AA2 4 AD2 AD4 AJ2 1 AA2 02 L 100 3 94 120 4 72 B 40 1 57 50 1 97 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 D 127 5 00 157 2 6 19 H 485 19 09 515 20 28 H1 318 12 52 333 13 11 E 574 612 651 544 644 612 612 67 708 785 729 766 826 689 727 2 26 2 41 2 56 2 54 2 54
82. 855 BD2 BD4 CA4 CAS L 200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285 7 87 9 65 787 9 25 9 84 8 66 9 45 1102 8 66 10 63 11 22 C 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 185 200 210 1190 5 209 6 209 6 241 3 200 200 209 6 241 3 210 225 250 228 6 254 273 292 1 220 235 273 292 1 D 7 28 7 87 8 27 7 50 8 25 8 25 9 50 7 87 7 87 8 25 9 50 8 27 8 86 9 84 9 00 10 00 10 75 11 50 8 66 9 25 10 75 11 50 514 522 527 517 527 527 542 522 522 527 542 542 549 562 552 564 573 583 547 554 573 583 H 20 24 20 55 20 75 20 35 20 75 20 75 21 34 20 55 20 55 20 75 21 34 21 34 21 61 22 13 2173 22 20 22 56 22 95 21 54 21 81 22 56 22 95 Hi 318 12 52 333 13 11 18 22 32 23 9 284 38 2 44 5 20 24 397 46 18 24 36 2391 3181 445 50 9 20 24 46 524 T 0 71 0 87 1 26 0 94 1 12 1 50 1 75 0 79 0 94 1 56 1 81 0 71 0 94 1 42 0 94 1 25 1 75 2 00 0 79 0 94 1 81 2 06 205 5 50 235 150 160 170 152 4 168 2 168 190 5 160 160 170 180 175 185 180 190 216 235 J 5 91 6 30 6 69 6 00 6 62 6 61 7 50 6 30 6 30 6 69 7 09 6 89 7 28 8 07 7 50 7 88 9 25 7 09 7 48 8 50 9 25 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 N 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31
83. 87 7 87 8 25 9 50 8 27 8 90 9 84 9 00 10 00 10 75 11 50 8 66 9 25 10 75 11 50 371 378 5 383 5 374 383 5 383 5 399 378 5 378 5 383 5 399 398 5 406 418 5 409 420 5 430 439 5 403 5 411 430 439 5 H 14 61 14 90 15 10 14 72 15 10 15 10 15 71 14 90 14 90 15 10 15 71 15 69 15 98 16 48 16 10 16 56 16 93 17 30 15 89 16 18 16 93 17 30 Hi 175 6 89 190 7 48 T 657 436 054 142 55 458 079 0 35 4 nm 0 21 055 4 054 255 45 200 079 0 95 NES 150 160 170 152 Tee 30 5 160 160 1704 180 175 185 269 50 2 91 ea 180 190 216 J 5 91 6 30 6 69 6 00 6 62 6 61 7 50 6 30 6 30 6 69 7 09 6 89 7 28 8 07 7 50 7 88 8 50 9 25 7 09 7 48 8 50 9 25 a 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 N 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 16 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 0 31 19 23 23 19 224 224 254 18 18 224 254 19 23 25 19 224 254 318 18 22 254 318 0 75 0 91 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 88 1 00 0 71 0 71 0 88 1 00 0 75 0 91 0 98 0 75 0 88 1 00 1 25 0 71 0 87 1 00 1 25 WEIGHT kg 17 4 20 25 4 20 23 8 25 4 35 7 19 4 20 27 1 36 3 22 8 26 8 38 1 27 4 35 9 50 8 55 9 23 2 27 4 52 8 56 6 Ib 38 37 44 10 56 01144 10 52 48 56 01 78 72 42 78 44 10 59 76 80 04 50 27
84. A ightning Protecto Maximum power supply voltage 30VDC The wetted parts materials conform to NACE material recommendations per NACE Material Note 10 MR0175 Refer to Table 12 3 1 py Ng Compliance with NAMUR43 Current signal for measurement is 4mA up to DY D E NAMUR NM Compliancsiit 20 5mA Set output 3 6mA or less when burn out occurred DYA D E Anti ion Version Anti corrosion Version Refer to Table 12 3 1 DY150 R1 DY150 R2 and DY DiFcorrosion Version DY200 R2 are not available Converter Installing Direction 180 M Converter installing direction 180 change inversely when shipped DY CRC Change Note4 9 9 pp Down scale burn out in CPU or EEPROM failure Note 3 Set output 3 6mA or less when burn out occurred DY D E DYA C1 Converter housing case and cover material JIS SCS14A ASTM ASME d Stainless steal housing CF8M stainless steel castings equvalent to JIS SUS316 EI Power source connection port and signal cable remote type connection port G11 Flameproof Packing Adapter JIS G1 2 female thread Other cable shape 0 8 to 0 12 DY DYA JF3 G11 One piece G12 Two pieces G12 Level 2 Declaration and Calibration Equipment List DY DYA L2 Calibration Certificate Level 3 Declaration and Primary Standard List DY DYA L3 Level 4 Declaration and YOKOGAWA Measuring DY DYA L4 T120401 EPS 12 8 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Spec
85. Approval KN2 and IECEx Flameproof Approval SF2 can not combine with Cryogenic Version LT 12 14 01 06 00 01 12 5 Sizing The following items are the basic specifications In case of the definite sizing it is necessary to check by the sizing software Measurable minimum flow velocity Table 12 5 1 Relationship between Minimum Velocity and Density In case of Gas Steam Use the Large of the Two Values p Density at operating conditions kg m Liquid density is 400 up to 2000kg m3 Note Reduced bore type R1 and R2 are not available to combine for Cryogenic type LT Range of measurable flow velocity Table 12 5 2 Range of measurable flow velocity Maximum Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocity m Note flow velocity obtained from DY025 DY040 Table 12 5 1 or flow velocity 015 Ri R2 Reynolds number of Liquid upto upto upto 5000 whichever is greater 10 m s DY300 DY200 DY200 For liquid Reynolds number R1 R2 05000 See 12 17 Calculation formula flow velocity obtained from DY025 DY040 Table 12 5 1 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of DY015 R1 R2 M j Gas upto upto upto 5000 whichever is greater go m s Steam UP For Gas and steam DY300 DY200 DY200 82 Reynolds number of 5000 See P 12 17 Calculati
86. BAI Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 310 185 6 CS 138 8 D 330 350 342 9 381 607 5 617 5 614 633 B Shedder Bar Material 23 92 24 31 24 17 24 92 614 5 624 5 621 640 Shedder Bar Material 24 19 24 59 24 45 25 20 Shedd Bar Materia X 339 13 35 Shedder Bar Material 346 13 62 22 30 28 4 41 1 J 290 305 298 5 3302 N 12 12 8 12 23 25 22 4 25 4 Weight kg 587 741 707 102 9 12 29 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Reduced Bore R2 DY040 R2 up to DY200 R2 Flange type WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL gt Only for the following 1 explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX A L mo N y gt Model Code DY040 R2 Model Code DY050 R2 Model Code DY080 R2 1 BA2 1 2 1 2 Process Process Process Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection 822 BS1 BS2 E 150 L 170 L 200 39 7 51 1 C 71 5 14 6 5 25 7 5 39 7 D 140 140 127 155 4 D 155 155 152 4 165 1 D 185 200
87. Item D Additional Setup These items are for Auxiliary Setup A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit pera Remark Disp U D 000 AUX SETUP Menu D Additinal Setup D10 LOW CUT W to 32000 FU C40 0105 Low Cut Flow rate 0 47 D Minimum Flow rate 2 D20 TEMP UNIT W degC 0 Selection of Temperature Unit 0 D L deg F 1 021 TEMP f W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Operating Temperature Manual Setting 15 0 D L 025 DENSITY UNIT W kg m3 0 Selection of Density Unit 0 D L Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 D26 DENSITY f W 0 00001 to 32000 D25 0105 Operating Density Manual Setting Value 1024 D L D30 OUT LIMIT H W 100 0 to 110 0 1 Upper Limit Value 110 0 D L 035 BURN OUT R High 0 Output Direction at Burn Out 0 D L Low 1 040 SPECIAL UNIT No 0 Selection of change for Special Flow Unit 0 D L Yes 1 Special 2 Indication and set only for D40 Yes D41 BASE UNIT R m 0 Basic unit for conversion to special unit D km 1 N Normal 2 5 Standard 3 m cf 4 k cf 5 USgal 6 kUSgal 7 UKgal 8 kUKgal 9 bbl 10 m bbl 11 k bbl 12 kg 13 t 14 Ib 15 k Ib 16 Nm 17 k Nm 18 M Nm 19 NI 20 Sm 21 k Sm 22 M Sm 23 SI 24 scf 25 k scf 26 M scf 27 042 USER S UNIT W 8characters User s unit L 043 CONV FACTOR
88. RW Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask RW RW RW RW Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Ext dev status enum Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask 222332233338 Dyn var assign enum Dyn var assign enum Dyn var assign enum M Dyn var assign enum Dyn var assign enum Volatile memory error Temperature Flow rate Watchdog reset executed Voltage conditions out of range Environmental conditions out of range Electronic failure 8 19 Total Temperature Density F081105_2 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type D2 Signal processing Flow rate damping value B15 RW Low cut D10 RW Temp setup Temp unit D20 RW Process temp D21 RW Density setup Density unit D25 RW Process density D26 RW Maintenance TLA K10 RW ignal level K20 RW Signal level K20 RW Method Noise balance mode RW Manual Set noise ratio End Tuning at zero flow Noise ratio K26 Maintenance data Velocity K30 CR Span velocity K32 CR Vortex f
89. Set Vortex Freq Vortex freq o Simulation flow rate Calc Process velocity Calc flow rate Calc flow switch or Calc pulse freq 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Process temperature computing Calc process temp Compensate process temp Simulation O Process temp Temperature Error check Process density computing Calc flow density Simulation Process density mo Test Analog Analog output Calc total flow rate i Figure 8 3 Simulation Total flow rate po Test Status Status output Or ro Test Pulse Pulse output Contact out setting Simulation items Output items Simulation Flow 2 otal flo rate G Process mperature Y W Process row rate Mapping Y y C Pv sv C v D PV Gee Simulation PV Range Loop Current 8 10 6 CM Simulation Loop Current Current output setting IM 01 06 00 01 Simulation Setting and Correlation of Output Value lt Case A gt Without MV option 8 OPERATION VIA
90. T4 T1 Gc Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex nL T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Il Category 3G Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP66 IP67 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 80 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Process Temp 4 29 to 135 C T3 29 to 200 C 2 29 to 300 C 1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30 V Internal Capacitance Ci 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female CSA Explosion proof Approval Canadian Applicable Standard C22 1 C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 04 C22 2 No 0 5 C22 2 No 25 C22 2 No 30 Standards C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 142 C22 2 No 61010 1 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Association Type of Protection Explosionproof for Class Groups B D CSA Class Groups E F and G Class For Class Division 2 location FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Temp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow
91. Total Temperature Density Total Flowrate TV Flow rate Total Temperature Density Fluid Temperature Flow rate Total Temperature Density Fluid Density T081001 EPS Procedure to call up the Dynamic variable assignments Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs gt HART output gt Dynamic variable assignments PV is SV is TV is L QV is Chng dyn var assign METHOD Update time period of each measurement value is as follows Flow rate Flow rate Update time period Total Total Update time period Temperature Temperature Update time period Density Density Update time period 8 10 2 Burst Mode When the Burst mode is enabled the device continuously sends up to three data listed in Table 8 1 Refer to the subsection 8 10 2 1 Burst Message for details When the Burst mode is set to Wired HART Enabled transmitter continuously sends alarm signal also Refer to subsection 8 10 3 Event Notification for detail When changing the setting of Burst mode set Off to the Burst mode Default setting is Off IM 01 06 00 01 8 10 2 1 Burst Message The parameters for Burst Message are as follows Transmit data command parameters of Burst Command Device variables Update period Transmit condition choice in Burst Msg Trigger Mode Refer to Table 8 1 for the combination between command parameter and transmit condition Refer to 8 10 2 2 for the procedure of
92. W 0 00001 to 32000 0105 Conversion factor 1 0 D 060 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message L ERROR FU Flow unit T050305 EPS 5 4 IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 Item E Detector Setup These items are for detector that has been already set before A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator 5 PARAMETER SETUP Item Name R W Data Range Unit d s Remark e Disp U D E00 METER SETUP Menu E Detector setup E10 NOMINAL SIZE W 15mm 0 Selection of Nominal Size 1 D L 25mm 1 40mm 2 50mm 3 80mm 4 100mm 5 150mm 6 200mm 7 250mm 8 300mm 9 10 E20 BODY TYPE W Standard 0 Selection of Body Type 0 D L High Pressure 1 Low Flow Unit 1 2 Low Flow Unit 2 3 E30 SENSOR TYPE W Standard 0 Selection of Sensor Type 0 D L High Temperature 1 Low Temperature 2 E40 K FACT UNIT W P I 0 Selection of K factor Unit 0 D L P USgal 1 P UKgal 2 E41 K FACTOR W 0 00001 to 32000 E40 0105 K factor value of 15 deg 68 6 D E50 DETECTOR No W 16 characters Detector number E60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit T050306 EPS 5 5 IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 Item F Thermometer Only for Option Code MV These items is for thermometer setting when A Value in is the data corresponding to the indicator 5 PARAMETER SETUP It
93. case of vertical installation two collars in the upper part might move after the installation But it doesn t influence the performance please use the flowmeter under such condition When Installation Collars are not required the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flanges Size mm inch Flange Rating JIS 20K 40K ANSI class 300 600 JPI class 300 600 JIS 10K 20K 40K ANSI class 300 600 JPI class 300 600 JIS 10K 20 40K ANSI class 150 300 600 JPI class 150 300 600 50 2 80 3 100 4 Horizontal Installation Electrical Connection Flow Direction 4 Vertical Installation Electrical Connection Flange 4 pcs Flow Direction 1 Insert two collars on each two bolts of bottom side of the flowmeter 2 Fit the flowmeter body to the collars And tighten the four bolts and nuts uniformly 3 Check for leakage from the flange connections Horizontal Installation Vertical Installation Flow Direction Electrical Connection Electrical 1 Insert two stud bolts in the bolt holes Connection on the flowmeter shoulder to align the instrument body with the inner diameter of the adjacent piping 2 Tighten all bolts uniformly and check that there is no leakage between the instrument and the flanges Flow Direction T020602 EPS 2 7 01 06 00 01 2 INSTALLATION Table 2 3 b Installation of Flange Type Vortex Flowm
94. flowmeter of the wafer and flange type is shown in Table 2 3 When installing the wafer type vortex flowmeter it is important to align the instrument bore with the inner diameter of the adjacent piping To establish alignment use the four collars supplied with the instrument 1 Four collars are supplied for 1 2 inch 15mm to 1 1 2inch 40mm 2 inch of JIS 10K or ANSI class 150 or JPI class 150 and 3 inch of ANSI class 150 or JPI class 150 Install the instrument as illustrated in Table 2 2 2 If the adjacent flanges have eight bolt holes insert the stud bolts in the holes on the instrument shoulder Refer to Figure 2 9 Stainless steel stud bolts and nuts are available on order When they are to be supplied by the user refer to Table 2 2 for stud bolt length Gaskets must be supplied by the user 3 Gasket Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipeline This may cause inaccurate readings Use gaskets with bolt holes even if digital YEWFLO is of the wafer type Refer to Figure 2 10 When using a spiral gasket without bolt holes confirm the size with the gasket manufacturer as standard items may not be used for certain flange ratings 2 INSTALLATION Table 2 2 Size Major Diameter of mm Flange Rating External Threed of inch Stud Bolt d mm 15mm JIS 10K 20K DIN 10 1 2 16 25 40 12 160 JIS 40K 16 160 ANSI 150 300 600 12 7 155 25mm JIS 10K 20
95. mode display and set to Off The default setting is Off 7 10 2 Multidrop Mode Multidropping devices refers to the connection of several transmitters to a single communications transmission line Up to 15 devices can be connected when set in the multidrop mode To activate multidrop communication the device address must be changed to a number from 1 to 15 This change deactivates the 4 to 20 mA analog output sending it to 4 mA The alarm current is also disabled Setting of Multidrop Mode 1 Polling address Procedure to call up the display DD HART 5 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt DTM HART 5 Configuration HART Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 15 T070901 EPS 2 Enabling the Multidrop Mode About the procedure to call up the Polling display please refer to the User s Manual of each configuration tool A NOTE When the same polling address is set for two or more devices in multidrop mode communication with these devices are disabled 3 Communication when set in multidrop mode The HART configuration tool seaches for a device that is set in multidrop mode when it is turned on When the HART configuration tool is connected to the device the polling address andthe tag will be displayed Select the desired device After that normal communica tion to the selected device is possible However th
96. negative The corrected value when the calibration fluid of the flowmeter and the fluid to be measured are different must be set as a corrected value obtained by making both abscissas agree with respect to the Reynolds number A NOTE In case that Reynolds adjustment H25 Gas expansion correction H30 or select a break point correction H40 is necessary to set D10 LOW CUT must be set after the items for compensations H25 H30 H40 are set to ACTIVE IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 Item J TEST These items are for test of output A value in is the data corresponding to indicator The test output by setting in J10 J20 or J30 is automatically released when shifts from these parameter items or as following time goes without access to these parameter items K50 SOFTWARE REV 6 20 or smaller 10 minutes K50 SOFTWARE REV 7 00 or greater a value set in J40 RELEASE TIME J10 OUT ANALOG 4 to 20mA Current output It tests 4 to 20mA Current output Electric current of the set value which designates 4 to 20mA as 0 to 100 When this test is executed transistor contact output Pulse Alarm Status is fixed at ON or OFF not determined J20 OUT PULSE Pulse output It tests Pulse output The number of pulses which is set unit PPS is output Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after ten minutes which is set in J40 this function will be reset automatically When
97. present use suitable wires or cables 5 Use cable which withstand temperature up to 60 C and more when ambient temperature is more than 60 C A IMPORTANT For the remote type use DYC signal cable to connect the converter and remote type flowmeter DY N 3 5 Connection of the Remote Type Signal Cable The remote type signal cable is shown in Figure 3 3 and 3 4 and the terminal is shown in Figure 3 5 The maximum cable length is 30 m 97 5 feet Remove terminal box cover and wiring connection dust cap before wiring For remote type the converter has two electrical connections cable inlets Use the left connection as viewed from the terminal box for the DYC signal cable and the right connec tion for the transmission cable If a signal cable kit is supplied by YOKOGAWA both ends of the cable must be finished in accordance with the following instructions as shown in 3 6 1 and 3 6 2 CAUTION After completing the signal cable connections install the shielded cover to signal cable terminal as shown in Figure 3 6 3 WIRING Unit mm Black White Red Yellow Yellow Red MM Black 2 Blue Specified Length L 30m max Flowmeter Converter 030501 5 Figure 3 3 DYC Signal Cable Outer shield To Flowmeter N To C _ Z Inner shield Rm Only for MV F030502 EPS nverter o
98. problem occurred the cause is suspected of deterioration of sensor sensitivity and turbulent of fluid flow due to coating on the shedder bar and flowmeter inner tube Note 1 This is the temperature and pressure at digitalYEWFLO mounted place Note 2 Contact with our service in case this is not carried out into the right statement F110101 EPS How to cope with this problem 1 Referring item 10 5 Vortex Shedder Removal take out the Vortex Shedder bar and clean it 2 If there is the coating on inner tube of the flowmeter remove the flowmeter body from adjacent pipes and clean it IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 TROUBLESHOOTING No output is indicated when the fluid is flowing If a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Was a faulty area Yes found with selfdiagnosis Refer to the error code list and check for recovery measures Is the output signal current No present Are the power polarities Check the correct polarities Is 6 1 3 Loop test Replace the OK AMP unit Are there any disconnected Fasten the power terminals power terminal Ie Is the cable broken Are parameters configured correctly at operating conditions Configure the parameters correctly Replace the cable Is K34 VORTEX FREQ 0Hz Replace the Is the low cut configured correctly
99. read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type Upload Download To be continued to next page D2 Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal D1 Event notification 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Event notification control Event mask Device Status Mask Status group 1 Status group 2 Status group 3 Ext dev status Mask Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask Set event notification timing M Event notification retry time R Update period enum Max update time R Update period enum Event debounce interval R Knowledge Flow rate Update time period Total Update time period Temperature Update time period Density Update time period Dynamic variable assignment MV Acknowledge event notification Event Status Event Number Time first unack event triggered Latched Cfg chng count Latched Device Status Status group 1 Status group 2 Status group 3 Latched Ext dev status Latched Device Diagnostic Status S PV assign enum MV Chng dyn var assign R R R R Simulation active PV assign enum Non Volatile memory failure Flow rate Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Ext dev status enum
100. removal loosen the clamp WAF 3mm lt 2 gt Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead wires from the terminal box In case of the explosion proof type loosen the lock screw WAF 1 5mm lt 3 gt Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the terminal box and bracket from the flowmeter body The bracket applies to the 1 25mm to 4 100mm inch flowmeters lt 4 gt Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90 degree turn lt 5 gt Turn the terminal box to the desired orientation When reassembling the terminal box reverse the above procedure Clamp For the explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n ATEX Terminal Box Cover o Terminal Box Bracket Bracket Mounting Locking Bolt Screw Hexagon mounting bolt Wire Vortex Shedder Assembly 10 2 100101 5 01 06 00 01 10 2 Indicator Removal and Rota tion 1 2 Turn the power OFF Remove the cover n case of the Explosion protected type remove the cover after unlock the clamp 3 For the indicator disconnect the cable connector from the amplifier unit 4 Loosen the two indicator mounting screws using a Phillips screwdriver 5 Pull out the indicator 6 Reinstall the indicator in the reverse order to its removal above and secure the mounting screws Indicator Indicator Mounting Screws 2PCS F100201 EPS Figure 10 1 Removing
101. specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired following safety symbol marks are used in this user s manual and instrument AN WARNING A WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or death of personnel AN CAUTION A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product A IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or system failure A NOTE A NOTE sign denotes information necessary for essential understanding of operation and fea tures Functional grounding terminal Direct current IM 01F06A00 01EN INTRODUCTION Warranty The warranty of this instrument shall cover the period noted on the quotation presented to the Purchaser at the time of purchase The Seller shall repair the instrument free of charge when the failure occurred during
102. the terminal box until the O ring touches the wiring port at least 6 full turns and firmly tighten the lock nut e Insert the cable through the union cover the union coupling the clamp nut the clamp ring the gland the washer the rubber packing and the packing box in that order f Insert the end of the cable into the terminal box g Tighten the union cover to grip the cable When tightening the union cover tighten approximately one turn past the point where the cable will no longer move up and down Proper tightening is important If it is too tight a circuit break in the cable may occur if not tight enough the flameproof effectiveness will be compromised h Fasten the cable by tightening the clamp nut i Tighten the lock nut on the union cover j Connect the cable wires to each terminal a Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation b Do not splice the cable between the flowtube terminal and the converter if it is too short Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length c The signal cables must be routed in separate steel conduit tubes 16 JIS C 8305 or flexible conduit tubes 15 5 8309 d Always route the power and output signal cables in separate steel conduit tubes except when the power supply voltage is 24 V and four core cables are used for wiring Keep conduits or flexible tubes water
103. the warranty period All inquiries on instrument failure should be directed to the Seller s sales representative from whom you purchased the instrument or your nearest sales office of the Seller Should the instrument fail contact the Seller specifying the model and instrument number of the product in question Be specific in describing details on the failure and the process in which the failure occurred It will be helpful if schematic diagrams and or records of data are attached to the failed instrument Whether or not the failed instrument should be repaired free of charge shall be left solely to the discretion of the Seller as a result of an inspection by the Seller B The Purchaser shall not be entitled to receive repair services from the Seller free of charge even during the warranty period if the malfunction or damage is due to improper and or inadequate maintenance of the instrument in question by the Purchaser handling use or storage of the instrument in question beyond the design and or specifications requirements use of the instrument in question in a location not conforming to the conditions specified in the Seller s General Specification or Instruction Manual retrofitting and or repair by an other party than the Seller or a party to whom the Seller has entrusted repair services improper relocation of the instrument in question after delivery reason of force measure such as fires earthquakes s
104. the instruments referring to Figure 9 1 and warm up for three minutes more 2 Set span frequency in Parameter J10 DUT ANALOG 3 In case the load resistance is 250 ohm digital multimeter indicates 5V Otherwise if it is known load resistance value it indicates R Q x 0 02 A 4 Check output value is in the rated value 0 016 mA after set 50 in Parameter J10 5 Check output value is in the rated value 0 016 mA after set 0 in Parameter J10 24V DC 10 090101 5 Figure 9 1 Connection of Maintenance Instruments A IMPORTANT When using any test purpose measuring instruments do not ground them All of your parameter settings will be cancelled if you turn digitalYEWFLO off less than 30 seconds after the parameter setup Keep digitalY EWFLO turned on at least 30 seconds after setting up the parameters A NOTE When configure the parameters using the HART Configuration Tool refer to 7 12 Menu Tree HART 5 or 8 11 Menu Tree and 8 10 5 1 Loop Test HART 7 9 1 IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 1 4 Totalizer Function Start and Total ized Value Reset When using the Totalizer Function the start setup should be done 1 Start operation using BT200 Enter to B40 TOTAL START and move the video bar to EXECUTE Push ENTER key at 2 times 2 Start operation using indicator Enter to Setting mode move to B40 of parameter number and enter
105. to 01 of data number Refer to 4 4 Setting mode Totalized value can be reset using the indicator or BT200 1 Reset operation using BT200 Enter to B42 TOTAL RESET and move the video bar to EXECUTE Push ENTER key at 2 times 2 Reset operation using indicator Enter to Setting mode move to B42 of parameter number and enter to 01 of data Number Refer to 4 4 Setting mode 9 1 5 Unit of Pulse Output Scaling Pulse output are constructed by two units that are Scaled pulse and Unscaled Pulse 1 Scaled Pulse When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20 set flowrate per one pulse output Rate unit is linking to the flow unit 2 Unscaled Pulse When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20 it outputs the pulse calculated by following formula The formula for output pulse number is as follows Output pulse number per one second vortex number per one second PULSE RATE set number Refer to 10 6 1 Flow calculation Pulse Rate setting Pulse rate setting is settable by B21 PULSE RATE 9 1 6 Setting of Burnout Switch digitalYEWFLO is equipped with a CPU error burnout function used to set the output direction upon CPU error and a sensor burnout function that sets the direction of the output in the event of burnout of the temperature sensor When factory shipment under normal conditions the output of both CPU error burnout and sensor burnout are set to HIGH but if su
106. with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hypochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 302 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material Refer to Table 12 3 2 In case of an explosion protect type it depends for an electrical connecion on the kind of an explosion protect type Refer to OPTION SPECIFICATION HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATIONS In case of FF1 or CF1 the screw length is deeper than ANSI standard for 0 5 to 3 5 threads Indicator is not available for remote type detector DYA MV and DY N MV should be combined One set of end finish part is attached DYC Cable can be used up to 30m When you divide the cable below 30m select the Cable End code 0 12 5 T120302 EPS refer to GS 01F06FO01 01E For Fieldbus communication type there are not setting keys on the display board IM 01F06A00 01EN Table 12 3 1 Body Shedder bar Gasket Material 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Body Material Standard Anti corrosion High process Cryogenic NACE Material Note 1 version Il HY temperature version version LT INC Model Note 3 Note 2 HT Note 2 Note 2 DY015 DYO25 R1 DY040 R2 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 DY040 DYO50 R1 DYO80 R2 X Note 2 X Note 2 JIS SCS14A DIN1 4308
107. ye poxi4 JeuuoN indino esind asind 90 19 ajqejdecoe episino si 10108 ueds jo g uey 40413 5 uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo si ueds ueds 13S 5 20 9 indu 1940 10 1NdLNO uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo 0239 60LL Q9 90 10 indino si euis L0 u3 49A0221 JUNE SNES duej indino indinouun aindino pes ug owen eBessom ones pui O1 MOH 1ndino snieis asind indino indino uano 404413 onsouBeig ki IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 17 6 Operation for the BRAIN Terminal BT200 6 Operation for the BRAIN Terminal BT200 This section describes the o
108. 00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Table 12 5 5 Range of Measurable Air Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures E Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate Nm h Limits 0 MPa 0 1 MPa 0 2MPa 0 4 0 6 MPa 0 8 MPa 1 MPa 1 5 MPa 2 MPa 2 5 MPa DYO25 pyoao min 4 8 11 1 6 7 11 1 8 2 11 1 10 5 11 1 12 5 16 1 19 7 28 6 37 5 46 4 Ser R2 aga 95 8 143 239 334 429 524 762 1000 1238 DYO40 pyoso min 11 0 19 5 15 5 19 5 19 0 19 5 24 5 29 0 33 3 40 6 59 0 775 95 9 297 444 739 1034 1329 1624 2361 3098 3836 Wes min 21 8 30 0 308 37 8 48 7 61 6 79 2 97 149 184 229 max 356 708 1060 1764 2468 3171 3875 5634 7394 9153 100 min 36 2 38 7 51 62 4 80 5 102 131 161 233 306 379 09050 R2 59 1174 1757 2922 4088 5254 6420 9335 12249 15164 vogo 07190 07150 min 701 98 4 120 155 197 254 810 451 591 732 1 R2 1140 2266 3391 5642 7892 10143 12394 18021 23648 29274 07150 DYaoo min 122 172 211 272 334 442 540 786 1031 1277 R1 JR2 max 1990 3954 5919 9847 13775 17703 21632 31453 41274 51095 pyiso DY200 _ mn 268 377 485 808 1131 1453 1776 2583 3389 4196 R1 max 4358 8659 12960 21559 30163 38765 47365 68867 90373 111875 575 809 990 1445 2202 2599 3175 4617 6059 7501 iia 7792
109. 01 01 XXX DD revision Device revision 7 3 Set the parameters using DTM When configure the parameters using FieldMate use the DTM Device Type Manager refering to the following table DTM Name Device Type Device Revision DYF V3 1 0x37 3 DYF V4 1 0x37 4 T070201 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool The HART Configuration Tool can interface with the digitalYEWFLO from the control room the digitalYEWFLO site or any other wiring termination point in the loop provided there is a minimum load resistance of 250 Q between the connection and the receiving instrument To communicate it must be connected in parallel with the digitalYEWFLO and the connections must be non polarized Figure 7 2 illustrates the wiring connections for a direct interface at the digitalYEWFLO site The HART Configura tion Tool can be used for remote access from any terminal strip as well Control room digitalYEWFLO 4 to 20 mA DC signal line Terminal board Relaying terminals Receiving instrument load resistance 250 Q to 600 Q HART HART Configuration Tool Configuration Tool Configuration Tool F070901 EPS Figure 7 2 Connecting the HART Communicator AN WARNING Be sure to set parameters as Protect on the write protect function after finish of parameter setting work Refer to 7 9 Software Write Protect how to use the write p
110. 025 25mm tin PROCESS 1 2 BAS BA2 BAS CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 852 854 855 BD4 CA4 5 BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 852 854 BSS BD4 CAS 130 160 130 140 160 150 190 150 170 190 L 5 12 6 30 5 12 5 51 6 30 5 91 7 48 5 91 6 69 7 48 C 14 6 0 58 25 7 1 01 CNN A ESAE MR ANCE H 10 94 10 94 11 34 10 83 10 94 10 94 11 46 10 94 10 94 11 46 11 61 11 61 11 91 11 28 11 59 11 59 12 09 11 42 11 59 12 09 Hi 127 5 00 129 5 08 T 12 14 20 112 142 21 2881 16 199 268 14 16 22 142 17 5 24 349 18 24 349 0 47 0 55 0 79 0 44 0 56 0 83 1 13 0 63 0 78 1 13 0 55 0 63 0 87 0 56 0 69 0 94 1 37 0 71 0 94 1 37 J 70 70 80 60 5 66 5 66 5 82 6 65 66 5 826 90 90 95 792 89 89 1016 85 89 101 6 2 76 2 76 7 15 2 38 2 62 2 62 3 25 2 56 2 62 3 25 3 54 3 54 3 74 3 12 3 50 3 50 4 00 3 35 3 50 4 00 N 4 0 16 4 0 16 15 15 19 15 7 157 157 224 14 15 7 224 19 19 19 1571 19 191254 14 19 1254 0 59 0 59 0 75 0 62 0 62 0 62 0 88 0 55 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 55 0 75 1 00 WEIGHT 42 43 59 41 43 46 67 42 45 68 69 71 86 66 72 77 114 69
111. 0mm 6 in HT DY200 200mm 8 in HT PROCESS 1 BA2 4 BAS 1 BA2 BA4 BAS CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 51 BS2 BS4 55 02 BD4 CA5 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 52 BS4 55 BD1 2 BD4 CA4 CA5 L 270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390 10 63 12 20 13 23 10 63 12 80 13 39 12 20 14 57 15 20 12 20 14 77 15 35 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 31 280 305 355 279 4 317 5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 342 9 381 419 1 469 9 340 340 360 375 419 1 469 9 D 11 02 12 01 13 98 11 00 12 50 14 02 15 00 11 22 11 81 14 02 15 00 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 16 50 18 50 13 39 13 39 14 17 14 76 16 50 18 50 Shedder Bar 583 595 620 582 601 621 633 585 593 621 633 640 650 646 665 684 709 645 645 655 662 684 709 Material X 22 95 23 43 24 41 2291 23 66 24 45 24 92 23 03 03 35 24 45 24 92 25 20 25 59 25 43 26 18 26 93 27 91 25 39 25 39 25 79 26 06 26 93 27 91 Shedder Bar 590 602 627 589 608 628 640 592 600 628 640 647 657 653 672 691 716 652 652 662 669 691 716 Material B 23 23 23 70 24 69 23 19 23 94 24 72 25 20 23 31 23 62 24 72 25 20 25 47 25 87 25 71 26 46 27 20 28 19 25 67 25 67 26 06 26 34 27 20 28 19 nud 339 13 35 371
112. 1 Reduced Bore Type R2 ode 1 0 DY015 20000 Re lt 2000 D 0 75 2000 D Re 1 0 1 0 2 1 2 1 DY025 20000 e lt 1500 D 20000 lt 1500 D 0 75 0 75 1500 D 1500 D Re Liquid DY040 1 0 1 0 1 0 DY050 20000 Re lt 1000 D 20000 Re lt 1000 D 20000 Re DY080 0 75 0 75 DY100 1000 D Re 1000 D Re 1 0 1 0 20000 R DY150 0 1 0 40000 Re lt 1000 D 40000 x Re 1000 D 0 759 DY200 Wd ad 1 0 40000 Re 0 75 1000 D Re DY250 1000 D Re DY300 DY015 DY025 1 0 1 0 DY050 1 0 NS 1 096 Velocity 35m s or less Velocity 35m s or less Gas DYO80 Velocity 35m s or less dde 159 Velocity 35m s or less Steam DY100 1 5 NE dh uod 1 5 5 Velocity 35m s up to 80m s Velocity 35m s up to 80m s DY150 Velocity 35m s up to 80m s Velocity 35m s up to 80m s DY200 DY250 DY300 D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO detecter mm Re Reynolds number non unit Note This table shows the accuracy of pulse output In case of analog output add up 0 1 of full scale to the values mentioned above Guarantee conditions of liquid volumetric flow rate the accuracy of a product before shipment in our water actual test facility Totalized value of 2000 pulse or greater straight pipe length upper 10D or greater lower 5D or greater Fluid temp 20 10degC Gas Steam The acc
113. 10 999 9 020 1 Temperture value at 100 250 D L 58 TEMP ERR W 0 0 Selection of themometer error output when F55 TEMP 1 D L OUT LIMIT H 1 is selected A value of OUT LIMIT H depend on D30 TEMP f 2 F60 SELF CHECK GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in 50 SOFTWARE REV 5 6 T050307 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 Item H Adjust These items are for setting of adjustment A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator 5 PARAMETER SETUP Item Name R W Data Range Unit EC Remark d Disp U D ADJUST Menu Adjust 10 TRIM 4mA W 1 00 to 1 00 2 Trimming 4mA 0 0 D 11 TRIM 20mA W 1 00 to 1 00 2 Trimming 20 0 0 D H20 USER ADJUST W 0 00001 to 32000 0105 User Adjust 1 0 D 25 REYNOLDS ADJ W NOT ACTIVE 0 Reynolds Coefficient 0 D ACTIVE 1 Indicator and Set only H25 Active H26 DENSITY f W 0 00001 to 32000 D25 0105 Density at operating condition 1024 D H27 VISCOSITY W 0 00001 to 32000 mPa s Oto5 Viscosity factor 1 0 D 0 EXPANSION FA W NOT ACTIVE 0 Expansion correction for compressible Gas 0 D ACTIVE 1 40 FLOW ADJUST W NOTACTIVE 0 Instrumental Error Adjust 0 D ACTIVE 1 Indicator and Set only H40 Active H41 FREQUENCY 1 W 01032000 2 0 5 First break point fr
114. 12 27 01 No additional sealing required Primary seal failure annunciation at the O ring seal portion between shedder bar and amplifier housing IM 01 06 00 01 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Certificate Model Shedder Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Detector bar Material N None Indicator D With Indicator N None Indicator DY015 E TC14901 TC14912 TC14923 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 X TC18903 TC18914 TC18925 DY025 E TC19504 TC19513 TC19522 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 X TC18904 18915 18926 DY040 E TC19505 TC19514 TC19523 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 X 18905 18916 18927 050 19506 19515 19524 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 X TC18906 18917 18928 DY080 E TC19507 19516 19525 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 X TC18907 18918 18929 DY100 E 19508 19517 19526 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 X TC18908 TC18919 TC18930 DY150 E TC19509 TC19518 TC19527 DY200 R1 X TC18909 TC18920 TC18931 E TC19510 TC19519 TC19528 DY200 X 18910 18921 18932 DY250 E 19511 19520 19529 DY300 E 19512 19521 19530 Shedder Remote Type Converter bar Material None Indicator D With Indicator DYA TC14934 TC14935 T130403 EPS Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter None Indicator With Indicator Detector Converter Construction Ex d IIC T6 lt lt lt Flame Proof Approval lt lt
115. 190 5 209 6 H 300 5 300 5 294 0 308 2 310 310 308 7 315 1 332 339 5 334 8 344 3 H1 127 H1 129 H1 136 T 16 18 17 5 20 6 T 16 18 19 1 22 4 T 18 22 23 9 28 4 J 105 105 98 6 114 3 J 120 120 120 7 127 J 150 160 152 4 168 2 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 19 19 15 7 22 4 19 19 23 19 1224 Weight kg 7 7 79 7 6 8 8 Weight kg 10 10 5 10 6 12 1 Weight kg 13 6 16 2 16 2 20 Model Code DY100 R2 Model Code DY150 R2 Model Code DY200 R2 1 BA2 1 2 1 2 Process Process Process Connection Bu2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection 12 BS1 BS2 L 220 L 270 L 310 93 8 138 8 185 6 CS 51 1 CS 71 5 93 8 D 210 225 228 6 254 D 280 305 279 4 317 5 D 330 350 342 9 381 H 366 5 374 375 8 388 5 H 418 5 431 418 2 437 3 458 5468 5 465 0 484 H1 158 H1 175 H1 190 T 18 24 23 9 31 8 22 28 25 4 36 6 22 30 28 4 41 1 J 175 185 190 5 200 2 J 240 260 241 3 269 7 J 290 305 298 5 330 2 N 8 N 8 12 8 12 N 12 12 8 12 G 19 23 19 224 23 25 22 4 22 4 23 25 22 4 25 4 Weightkg 20 9 24 9 25 5 34 Weightkg 40 3 50 3 43 3 61 3 Weightkg 61 9 68 9 71 9 96 9 12 30 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type R2 HT DY050 R2 HT up to DY200 R2 HT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
116. 190 5 209 6 279 4 317 5 H 341 5 349 344 5 353 8 5 420 7 439 5 H1 158 190 T 18 22 23 9 28 4 25 4 36 6 J 150 160 152 4 168 2 241 3 269 7 8 8 4 8 8 12 G 19 23 19 22 4 22 4 22 4 Weight kg 18 7 21 8 22 27 49 5 71 8 Unit mm IM 01 06 00 01 Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type E1 R1 DY200 E1 R1 Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO M20x1 5 Female 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION EARTH TERMINAL Unit mm approx inch Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof IECEx KON Typen ATEX N I 17 1 x gt LA 2 gt v N 4 v L re gt Model Code DY200 1 R1 Process Connection 1 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BA2 BS2 C 185 6 cs 138 8 D Shedder Bar Material X 330 350 342 9 381 Shedder Bar Material B Shedder Bar Material X 209 8 23 Shedder Bar Material B 305 298 5 30 28 4 414 330 2 12 8 12 25 224 58 8 74 2 70 8 254 103 12 36 IM 01F06A00 01EN Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore E1 R2 DY040 E1 R1 up to DY200 E1 R2 Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANS
117. 2 742 84 9 69 7 80 8 80 8 77 8 F 24 7 24 7 28 3 21 4 23 5 235 23 318 31 8 33 6 28 31 4 31 4 30 1 37 1 37 1 42 4 34 8 40 4 40 4 38 9 G 13 13 17 14 14 14 13 17 17 17 14 17 17 13 17 17 21 14 20 20 17 Weight kg 2 9 3 8 4 4 Model Code DY050 50mm 2in 1 DY080 80mm 3in 1 DY100 100mm 4in E1 nm AD1 AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3 Connection AJ2 AAT AA2 AM to AJ2 AAT AA2 LAM to to AJ2 AAT AA2 AM to to AD4 AD2 AD4 02 AD4 L 75 100 120 B 37 5 40 50 51 1 71 93 8 D 92 127 1572 H 295 329 5 359 6 Hi 158 175 190 E 45 9 49 8 48 6 48 6 574 61 2 65 1 64 4 64 4 61 2 612 67 70 8 78 5 72 9 76 6 82 6 68 9 72 7 F 55 4 60 1 58 7 58 7 69 3 73 9 78 5 77 7 777 73 9 73 9 80 8 85 5 94 7 88 92 5 99 7 83 1 87 8 G 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 17 21 Weight kg 6 1 9 5 12 9 12 32 IM 01FO6A00 01EN Stainless Steel Housing DY015 E1 up to DY100 E1 Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO 20 1 5 Female Model Code DY015 15mm 1 2 E1 BD1 Process BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 Connection BJ1
118. 222 7 1 HART Protocol Revision Y 7 2 Matching of instrument digitalYEWFLO DD and HART Configuration Tool s DD 7 1 7 3 Set the parameters using DTM 7 1 7 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool 7 2 IM 01 06 00 01 IM 01 06 00 01 15th Edition Aug 2012 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2001 Yokogawa Electric Corporation CONTENTS 7 5 _ e 7 6 Parameter 77 Data Renewing and Upload download function 7 8 Self diagnostic niet 7 9 Software Write Protect 7 10 HART Specific Functions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene entente n nens sna nsnm natn natns sts natns setas asma setas asma sa sn assa sena IN 10 22 Multidrop uie ro e tede prt tenn UE ER E E A Eee EROR pepe 7 11 Other operations for the HART Configuration Tool eese nnne nennen 7 4 712 Switching HART Protocol Revision 7 12 1 Protocol revision change 7 12 2 Active the parameter for protocol rev
119. 255 RU Ox434e CN F081105 4 EPS 8 21 IM 01F06A00 01EN Model Manufacturer Distributor Cfg chng count Max dev vars Tag Long tag Descriptor Message Date Dev id Write protect AO Alrm typ Universal rev dev rev Software rev Hardware rev Poll addr Loop current mode Num req preams Num resp preams Review 2 Flow rate unit Flow span Flow rate damping value Contact output Pulse rate Frequency at 100 Setting level Upper display Lower display Total rate Total start stop Fluid Process density Process temp Base temp Process pressure Base pressure Deviation Low cut Out limit H Burn out 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Review 3 Special unit User s unit Conversion factor Nominal size Body type Sensor type K factor Detector No User adjust Reynolds adjust Viscosity Gas expansion fact Flow adjust TLA Signal level Noise balance mode Noise ratio High vib Span velocity Span frequency Review 4 Function Base density 1 st temp coeff 2 nd temp coeff Cable length Temp damping Analog out select Temp 0 Temp 100 Temp error out Only for MV 8 22 F081107
120. 3 74 24 92 25 63 25 67 26 42 Hi 277 307 1091 12 09 24 34 130214781 24 36 1318 50 8 T 0 94 1 34 1 19 1 88 0 94 1 42 1 25 2 00 355 380 362 387 4 400 430 431 8 450 9 J 13 98 14 96 14 25 15 25 15 75 16 93 17 00 17 75 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 N 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 63 0 63 0 63 0 47 0 63 25 27 254 285 25 27 254 31 8 G 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 42 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 25 WEIGHT kg 78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 Ib 171 99 220 50 198 45 75 63 220 50 282 24 308 70 392 49 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In case of with indicator add 0 2kg Note 3 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC 12 22 IM 01 06 00 01 High Process Temperature Version HT DY025 HT up to DY100 HT Cryogenic Version LT DY015 LT up to DY100 LT E Wafer type 59 2 32 59 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 125 4 92 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit AA mm approx inch
121. 40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 The character and sign which can be set up are the same as C10 D43 CONV FACTOR Conversion factor Set the conversion factor when item D40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 Set the conversion factor which is for both flow unit and time unit in case of Special 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 Item E METER SETUP These items are for detector set up that has already been set before shipment A value in is the data corresponding to indicator E10 NOMINAL SIZE Nominal size of the detector Select the nominal size of the flowmeter from 15mm 0 25mm 1 40mm 2 50mm 3 80mm 4 100mm 5 150mm 6 200mm 7 250mm 8 300mm 9 E20 BODY TYPE Body type for the detector Select body type for detector from standard or high pressure Standard 0 Standard type High Pressure 1 High Pressure type tokuchu Low Flow Unit 1 2 Reduced Bore type option R1 Low Flow Unit 2 3 Reduced Bore type option R2 A NOTE Parameter setting for the Reduced Bore type Select Low Flow Unit 1 or 2 and set Set nominal size of the model code to E10 NOMINAL SIZE E30 SENSOR TYPE Sensor type for the detector Select sensor type for the detector from standard or HT LT E40 K FACTOR UNIT Select this unit from p l p USgal p UKgal A IMPORTANT K FACTOR is the eigenvalue of each detector Please keep the factory preset value NEVER REWRITE IT
122. 5 98 6 114 3 J 120 120 120 7 127 J 150 160 152 4168 2 N 4 N 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 19 19 15 7 22 4 19 19 19 19 19 23 19 22 4 Weight kg 10 10 5 9 8 13 0 Weight kg 10 9 11 5 11 8 14 0 Weight kg 19 22 1 22 3 27 3 Model Code DY100 R1 HT Model Code DY150 R1 HT Process But 2 Bol Een Process But Bu2 Connection Connection L 220 L 270 93 8 138 8 cS 71 cs 93 8 D 210 225 228 6 254 D 280 305 279 4317 5 H 526 5 534 536 548 5 H 576 5 589 576 595 5 H1 318 H1 333 T 18 24 23 9 31 8 T 22 28 25 4 36 6 J 175 185 190 5200 2 J 240 260 241 3269 7 N 8 N 811218112 G 19 23 19 224 G 23 25 22 4 22 4 Weight kg 25 4 30 4 31 0 41 4 Weight kg 45 9 56 3 49 4 71 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore R1 HT DY200 R1 HT Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO M20 x 1 5 Female Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof 5 ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX T L i 59 59 EARTH TERMINAL 10 o i 1 1 1 N 9G I DY200 R1 HT Process
123. 505304 bolt nut assembly DY Stainless Steel Bale Nut Assembly Used when a wafer type is installed Wafer Type BL Paint Color Change Only for the covers DY DYA See Table12 4 1 n Test pressure value is in accordance with Table 12 4 2 Test time 10 minutes Hydrostatic Pneumatic Test Certificate Available for the general type Test medium Air Nitrogen or Water Dy 101 Hydrostatic Test Certificate Test pressure value is in accordance with ean 12 4 2 Test time 10 minutes DY Available for the general type Test medium Water Degrease Treatment Note 2 Degrease cleansing treatment DY K1 Epoxy Coating Epoxy coating for case and cover DY DYA x1 Pilling up coating to keep off corrosion and Polyurethane coating tor the purpose of corrosion proof DY DYA x2 improvement salt damage alkali climate and acidity For Liquid and Steam NOT for Gas This specification temperature is from 29 to 450 C A High Process Temperature Version Refer to Table 12 3 1 Figure 12 4 1 DY N HT Refer to Table 12 5 1 for minimum velocity This specification temperature is from 196 to 100 C Cryogenic Version Note 7 Refer to Table 12 3 1 Figure 12 4 2 DY N LT R1 and R2 are not available inl Bracket for R Stainless Stasl Bracket for M mota The bracket material for remote converter type DYA is JIS SUS304 DYA SB Conveter DYA 4 There is arrester inside converter for power supply line Ligh r DY D E DYA
124. 52 1 Ambient Temperature YOKOGAWA ____ Avoid an area which has wide temperature variations 51 K factor at 15 C P 2 The product producing country S When the installation area is subjected to heat radiation from process plant ensure adequate heat prevention or Figure 1 1 a Example of Name Plate for Integral Type ventilation YEwrFLo 2 Atmospheric Conditions VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C TA Avoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a corrosive atmosphere When the vortex flowmeter must be oos 3WA YOKOGAWA installed in a corrosive atmosphere adequate ventilation VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER STYLE OJ digitaVEWFLO 2 2omanc Puise must be provided SUPPLY 10 5 42V DC no SYA YOKOGAWA macen 010102 5 Figure 1 1 b Example of Name Plate for Remote 1 1 IM 01FO6A00 01EN 3 Mechanical Shock or Vibration The vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction but select an area subject to minimize mechanical vibrations or impact shock If the flowmeter is subject to vibra tions it is recommended that pipeline supports to be provided as shown in Figure 1 2 4 Other Considerations Choose a location where is sufficient clearance around digitalYEWFLO exist to allow such work as routine inspections Choose a location that ensures ea
125. 6 Note 7 Note 8 Note 9 Dye Penetrant test certificate for the welded portion to be attached DY Each certificate to be attached specitied 2 Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding 2 is for DY250 construction and DY300 The specified Tag Number is engraved on the data plate and stainless tag plate The limitation of characters for Tag Number is for BRAIN Terminal or name plate stainless steel tag plate 16 characters and for HART Configuration Tool 8 characters There is a case that calibration water should stay in the meter tube So this is not degrease treatment in the strict sense The output is set 3 6mA or less General type is set 21 6mA or more at shipping The electrical connection turn to a downstream side Refer to OPTION MULTI VARIABLE BUILD IN TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYPE MV see 12 4 2 In case of Remote type detector DY N select MV both DY and DYA NM can not combine with Remote type DY N Cryogenic version LT can not combine with ATEX Flameproof KF2 ATEX Type n KN2 or IECEx Flameproof SF2 Cryogenic version LT is not available High process temperature version HT and Multi variable type MV for DY025 R1 and DY040 R2 are not available Explosion protected type SAA SS1 is not available Flange type only and available process connections are JIS10k 20k BJ1 BJ2 and ANSI150 300 BA1 BA2 BS1 BS2 Model Code size mea
126. 6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29 C to 80 C 5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C 12 29 C to 300 C 299 to 450 C T130101 1 eps Note Use HT version above 250 C Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Power Supply 10 5 to 42Vdc max Output Signal Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard EN50014 1997 50020 2002 EN50284 1999 Certificate KEMA 01ATEX1082X Type of protection EEx ia T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector EEx ia IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Category 1G Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Tamb 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter
127. 83 0 83 Note 3 9 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 91 0 67 3 06 0 91 0 67 0 83 WEIGHT kg 9 4 20 73 12 8 28 221b Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg Note 3 The hole is not provided Note 4 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC 12 20 IM 01F06A00 01EN Flange type DY015 up to DY100 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Unit mm approx inch 74 2 91 WITH INDICATOR 59 2 32 59 2 32 4 5 0 18 ELECTRICAL 125 4 92 CONNECTION N S EARTH 5 SE gt S 5 i5 TERMINAL co AL S Lock 8 ocx as i k Only for the following T T Bu explosion protected type mH LL Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx n Intrinsically safe SAA 1 Type 1 1 s M L INTEGRAL REMOTE CODE 015 15mm in DY
128. ADC It becomes impossible in this case to also use a burnout output However in the case of the application which receives and operates an analog output signal an analog output signal can be used for one loop to variable one set setting it up In this case set Enable to Loop current mode Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs Analog output gt Loop current mode Enabled Disabled Loop current mode is enabled Loop current mode is disabled 081015 5 A NOTE When the same polling address is set for two or more devices in multidrop mode communication with these devices are disabled 3 Communication when set in the multidrop mode The HART configuration tool searches for a device that is set in multidrop mode when it is turned on When the HART configuration tool is connected to the transmitter the polling address and the tag will be displayed Select the desired device After that normal communication to the selected device is possible However the communi cation speed will be slow To release multidrop mode call up the Poll addr display and set the address to 0 Return Loop current mode to Enable 8 8 IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 10 5 Loop test Simulation Squawk 8 10 5 1 Loop test This feature can be used to output a fixed current for loop checks Procedure to call up the L
129. ATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAME PROOF EQUIPMENT Terminal Box Steel Conduit Ej Flameproof Eod Converter E Tee Flexible Metal Conduit Drain Fitting F030701 EPS Figure 3 9 3 7 3 WIRING Terminal Box Steel Conduit for Flameproof Converter Flexible Metal Conduit Tee Drain Fitting F030702 EPS Figure 3 10 Union Coupling Clamp Nut Clamp Ring Gland Wrench Lock Nut Washer Rubber Packing _ Wrench Lock Nut Packing Box Adapter Body Apply a nonhardnening sealant to the threads for watweproofing 030703 5 Figure 3 11 A NOTE Be sure to use the flameproof packing adapter optional code G11 or G12 for TIIS flameproof type at the time of cable wiring work Table 3 2 Flameproof packing adaptor Identification mark Diameter for Cable Diameter Optional Code screw Parts NO G11 G12 0 to 10 0 8 16 8 10 10 0 to 12 0 16 10 12 G9601AM G1 2 T030701 EPS 5 Perform attachment of flameproof packing adaptor in the following ways See figure 3 11 a Loosen the locking screw and remove the terminal box cover b Measure the cable outer diameter in two directions to within 0 1 mm c Calculate the average of the two diameters and use packing with an internal diameter nearest to this value see Table 3 2 01 06 00 01 6 d Screw the flameproof packing adapter into
130. Approval Note 2 Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3610 FM3611 FM3810 NEMA 250 ANSI ISA 60079 0 ANSI ISA60079 11 Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class Il IIl DIV 1 Groups A B C D E F and TA and Class l Zone 0 AEx ia T4 Nonincendive for Class 1 Div 2 Groups A C D F and Class DIV 1 4 and Class Zone 2 Groups T4 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Indoors and Outdoors NEMA Type 4X Electrical Parameter Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ATEX Flameproof Approval Note 3 Applicable Standard EN60079 0 EN60079 1 Type of Protection Il 2 G Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Il 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Il Category 2G Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp 6 29 to 80 C T5 29 to 100 C 4 29 to 135 C 3 29 to 200 C 2 29 to 300 C 1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Dete
131. B C D E F and Classlll DIV 1 Temperature Code T4 135 C 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T4 135 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Enclosure Type 4X Electrical Parameter Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pmax 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Maximum working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female CSA Intrinsically safe Approval The approval specification is the same with CS1 Process Sealing Certification Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required T120408 EPS 12 13 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Specification IECEx Certification IECEx Flameproof Approval 3 Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 IEC60079 1 Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T6 29 to 80 C T5 29 to 100 C 4 29 to 135 C 3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C 1 29 to 450 C USE HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Ty
132. B C D E F and G T4 and Class I Zone 0 AEx ia T4 Nonincendive for Class I II Div 2 Groups A B C D F and G Class III Div 1 T4 and Class I Zone 2 Group IIC T4 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 SMPa DY250 and DY300 Indoors and Outdoors NEMA Type 4X Electrical Parameters Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female 13 2 2 Wiring Explosion proof AN WARNING All wiring shall comply with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 and Local Electrical Code SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Intrinsically Safe A NOTE FM Approved Hand Held Communicator may be connected at any point in the loop between the digitalYEWFLO and the Control Equipment 13 2 3 Operation Explosion proof WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOV ING COVER INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL IF6A1 01E Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 13 2 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING e The instrumen
133. Burst Mode Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs gt HART output Burst Condition Burst Messagel 2 3 Burst command Table 8 1 Burst parameters 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 A NOTE In case of Burst Mode setting change confirm Burst Mode parameter is OFF Prioritize to use the Burst Message 1 Command parameter Burst Command Burst Msg Trigger Burst Trigger Source Burst Trigger Units Mode PV Cmd1 PV Continuous flow rate Window Depends on the Risin assigned variable to 9 Falling On change range current Cmd2 Continuous Percent of range Loop current range current Window Rising Falling On change Process vars current Cmd3 Dyn vars Continuous Loop current SV TV QV current Window PV Depends on the Rising assigned variable to PV Falling On change Process vars range current with status Cmd9 Device vars Continuous s Select from flow rate total flow wSt tus Window Top of Burst Device _ Depends on temperature density percent of range loop Risin Variables maapping current PV SV TV and QV 9 Falling On change Process vars Yrange current Cmd33 Device Continuous Top of Burst Device Depends on the Select from flow rate total flow Variables Window Variables assigned variable to Temperature Density percent of ra
134. C T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Code Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C T2 60 C 300 60 450 C T130401_2 EPS Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP67 Electrical Parameters Ui 30Vdc Ii 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class LILIII Div 1 Groups A B C D E F and G Non incendive for Class LII DIV 2 Groups A B C D E F and G Class III Div 1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Code Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C T2 60 C 300 C 60 C 450 C T130402 EPS Temperature Code T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 C Enclosure Type 4X Electrical Parameters Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pmax 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH IM 01 06 00 01 13 4 2 Wiring Explosion proof AN WARNING wiring shall comply with Canadian Electrical Code Part and Local Electrical Codes n Hazardous locations wiring shall be in conduit as shown in the figure A
135. CS 51 1 CS 71 CS 93 8 D 185 200 190 5 209 6 D 210 225 228 6 254 D 280 305 279 4 817 5 H 354 361 5 357 366 5 H 383 5 391 393 405 5 H 433 5 446 433 452 HI 158 HT 175 aL 190 T 18 22 23 9 28 4 T 18 24 23 9 31 8 T 22 28 25 4 36 6 J 150 160 152 4 168 2 J 175 185 190 51200 2 J 240 260 241 3 269 7 814 8 N 8 N 8 12 8 12 G 19 23 19 224 G 19 23 19 224 G 23 25 22 4 22 4 Weightkg 18 6 21 7 21 9 26 9 Weight kg 25 30 30 6 41 0 Weightkg 45 9 56 3 49 4 71 7 12 26 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Reduced Bore R1 DY200 R1 Flange type WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL Only for the following explosion protected type 1 Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX Q S y Model Code DY200 R1 2 Process Connection BJ BJ2 852 310 12 20 185 6 7 31 cS 138 8 8 46 330 350 342 9 381 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 y 477 5 487 5 484 503 Shedder Bar Material X 18 80 19 19 19 06 19 80 D H 484 5 494 5 491 510 Shedder Bar Material B 19 07 19 47 19 33 20 08 hedder Bar Material 209 8 23 Shedder Bar Material 216 8 50 22 30 28 4 411 0 87
136. Configuration Tool T080503 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 8 6 Parameter configuration The parameter structure of the HART configuration tool is hierarchical Refer to 8 11 Menu Tree Example for the corresponding parameters The menu tree shows a cross reference of the parameters for HART configuration Tool and BRAIN Terminal See 5 4 Parameter Description for the functions of param eters Note that some display parameters of digitalYEWFLO are different from those of HART Configuration Tools 8 7 Data Renewing and Upload download function 1 Data renewing Following data are renewed in 0 5 to 2 seconds cycle PV PV rnge Loop Current Total Temp TV rnge MV only 2 Upload download function Upload download parameters from digitalYEWFLO to the HART Configuration Tool Refer to the Menu Tree for the applicable parameters 8 8 Self diagnostic The self diagnostic function of the digitalYEWFLO is explained in 5 5 Error Code Lists The followings are additional items of the self diagnostic function Burst configuration error Burst mode setting error Device variable simulation Executing Device variable simulation function The HART configuration tool is able to execute METHOD of Self test Status Confirm the error Procedure to call up the Self test Status Root Menu Diag Service Self test Status Method is a progra
137. Configuration Tool such as FieldMate confirm that the DD Device Description of the digital is installed in the Configuration Tool before using DY and DYA HART 5 Device type 0x37 Device revision 3 or 4 7 1 A IMPORTANT Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than that of the digital YEWFLO Protocol Rev supported by HART configuration tool 5 7 DY or DYA HART 5 Available Available DY or DYA HART 7 Not available Available T070101 EPS The DD revisions for digitalYEWFLO and Configuration Tool s can confirm in accordance with the following steps If the correct DD is not installed in the HART Configuration Tool download them from the official HART programming sites otherwise contact the respective vendors of the Configuration Tool for its upgrade information 1 Confirmation of the device revision for digitalYEWFLO Procedure to call up the field device revision Root Menu Review gt gt Reviewl Fld dev rev in the Review1 shows the revision number of correspondent field device 2 Confirmation of the device revision for the HART Configuration Tool 1 Confirm the installed DD revision in accordance with the procedure of the Configuration Tool Refer to its manual how to confirm it in detail The first 2 digits of the DD file are expressed the device revision and its last 2 digits are expressed the DD revision
138. Date RW Write protect R Revision numbers Universal rev Fld dev rev Software rev Hardware rev Final asmbly num Dev id Next universal rev Chng universal rev 3333335 Max dev vars Device profile Flow rate Update time period Country R R Device profile enum R RW Country enum MV Thermometer Function Methodid Monitor only Saturated steam Mass unit F12 Time unit F35 End Superheat steam Pressure unit F14 Pressure unit enum Process pressure F15 Mass unit F16 Time unit F35 End Gas STD Normal Temp unit F18 Base temp F19 Pressure unit F20 Pressure unit enum Process pressure F21 Base pressure Deviation STD Normal unit Time unit End Liquid Mass Density unit Base density F27 Temp unit F28 Base tem F29 1 st temp coeff 230 2 nd temp coeff F31 Mass unit F32 Time unit F35 End 22222252 55555553 Cable length F52 RW Temp damping F50 RW Analog out select 255 Method E Review Review 1 Review 2 Review 3 MV Review 4 Device profile enum Country enum Pressure unit enum Process automation device 0 5553 US MPa abs Discrete device 0 4 50 JP kPa abs 0 4445 DE abs 0x4652 FR bar abs 0x4553 ES psia 0 5
139. Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process temp T6 85 C T5 100 C T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Maximum working Pressure 16MPa DYO15 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 female Special CSA Explosion proof Approval The approval specification is the same with CF1 Process Sealing Certification Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required CSA Intrinsically safe Approval Note 2 Applicable Standard C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 157 C22 2 No 213 C22 2 No 1010 1 CAN CSA E60079 0 CAN CSA E60079 11 CAN CSA E60079 15 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Type of Protection Ex IIC 4 1 and Ex nC IIC T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia T4 and Ex nC IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Temperature Class T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Amb Temp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Hum 0 to 100 RH No condensation Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP67 Electrical Parameters Ui 30Vdc liz165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Intrinsically Safe for Class Il IIl DIV 1 Groups A D F and G Non incendive for Class 11 DIV 2 Groups
140. E1 R1 up to DY150 E1 R1 Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION JIS G1 2 Female ANSI 1 2NPT Female ISO 20 1 5 Female 91 Only for the following explosion protected type EARTH TERMINAL 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 2 35 I Flameproof ATEX IECEx DY025 1 R1 Model Code DY040 1 R1 Model Code DY050 E1 R1 Process 1 2 Process 1 BA2 Process 1 BA2 Connection B2 ps1 2 Connection BJ2 51 52 Connection BJ B2 B51 2 L 150 L 150 L 170 25 7 514 CS 14 6 CS 39 7 D 125 125 108 124 D 155 155 152 4 165 1 H 280 5 280 5 272 280 H 304 5 304 5 303 2 309 5 H1 127 H1 136 T 14 16 14 2 17 5 T 16 18 19 1 22 4 J 90 90 79 2 89 J 120 120 120 7 127 4 4 8 4 8 G 19 19 15 7 19 19 19 15 7 22 4 G 19 19 19 19 Weight kg 62 66 56 71 Weight kg 97 10 2 95 127 Weightkg 10 6 11 2 11 5 137 Model Code DY080 E1 R1 Model Code DY100 E1 R1 Model Code DY150 E1 R1 Process BA1 BA2 Process BA1 BA2 Process BA1 BA2 Connection BJ BJ2 gs Connection BJ2 51 BS2 Connection BJ B2 B51 2 L 200 220 270 C 71 138 8 CS 51 93 8 D 185 200
141. EMP POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL Made in 2 TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN YOKOGAWA WARNING Remote type converter Type n protection 4 20mA DC PULSE Ex nL T4 Gc ENCLOSURE IPG6 IP67 40 TO 60 C 7 WITH INDICATOR mi digitali VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER 30 TO 60 C Ui 30V Ci 6nF Li 015 2202 10 5 30V DC YOKOGAWA Mads POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USERS MANUAL 200 X2 TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN WARNING zc V 13 4 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Manufacturing serial number 1 The first number in the second block of NO column is the last one number of the production year For example the year of production of the product engraved as follows is year 2012 NO S5K965926 235 7 TProduced in 2012 TAG NO Specified TAG No CE CE marking 0344 The indentification number of the notified body II2G Group II Category 2 Gas atmosphere II1G Group II Category 1 Gas atmosphere II3G Group II Category 3 Gas atmosphere 2 The product producing country IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 2 FM 13 2
142. EPS IM 01 06 00 01 9 OPERATION 9 OPERATION After you have installed the flowmeter into the process piping wired the input output terminals set up the required parameters the vortex flowmeter should output an accurate flow signal from its terminals as soon as the measured liquid begins to flow This section describes procedure of test method and adjust ment method for the pre operation A NOTE The initial parameter setting has already been done at the factory according to the sizing data when ordering Therefore it is not necessary to set parameters except measurement condition changes or some additions happen 9 1 Adjustment 9 1 1 Zero Adjustment No zero adjustment is necessary since the zero point does not shift Because of the effect of electrical noise and vibration noise digitalYEWFLO may provide an output even when the flowrate is zero In that case properly eliminate the source of the noise Refer to 9 2 Adjustment for manual mode 9 1 2 Span Adjustment In normal application you need not confirm the span If you need to ensure the output of 4 to 20mA DC refer to 9 1 3 Loop Test 9 1 3 Loop test To ensure output of 4 to 20mA DC or pulse their loop tests can be done using parameter J10 Analog out or J20 Pulse test If you are verifying the analog output follow the procedure on the verification procedure lt Check Procedure gt 1 Connect
143. ERAL DESCRIPTION KA x 2 g CLAMP Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX 6 aC Model Code DY025 R1 Model Code DY040 R1 Model Code DY050 R1 BA1 BA2 1 BA2 1 2 Process Process Process Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ2 BS1 852 L 150 L 150 L 170 25 7 39 7 5141 5 14 6 5 25 7 5 39 7 D 125 125 108 124 D 140 140 127 155 4 D 155 155 152 4165 1 H 293 293 284 5292 5 H 302 5302 5 296 310 H 317 317 315 5 322 H1 127 H1 129 H1 136 T 14 16 14 2 17 5 16 18 17 5 20 6 16 18 19 1 22 4 4 90 90 79 2 89 J 105 105 98 6 114 3 J 120 120 120 7 127 N 4 N 4 N 4 8 4 8 G 19 19 15 7 19 19 19 15 7 22 4 19 19 19 19 Weight kg 6 1 6 5 5 5 7 0 Weight kg 9 5 110 1 9 4 12 6 Weight kg 10 51 11 1 11 4 13 6 Model Code DY080 R1 Model Code 100 81 Model Code 150 1 BA1 BA2 BA2 BA1 BA2 Process Process Process Connection 841 82 BS1 BS2 Connection 841 42 851 BS2 Connection 841 8 2 891 852 E 200 220 270 71 93 8 138 8
144. EX r3 T L N G gt 21 By i Only for REMOTE CODE DY015 15mm Only for LT DY025 25mm 2 in LT HT PROCESS BA2 BA4 BAS BD1 BA2 5 801 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 851 52 854 855 BD4 CA4 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 855 BD4 4 CA5 L 130 160 130 140 160 150 190 150 170 190 5 12 6 30 5 12 5 51 6 30 5 91 7 48 5 91 6 69 7 48 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 55550 379 973 479 674 82805 92 4 2 5 12 29 4 86 4 86 580 4 52 458 560 824 8 74 4 53 5 i 8 4 H 16 57 16 57 16 97 16 46 16 57 16 57 17 09 16 57 16 57 17 09 17 24 17 24 17 36 16 93 17 24 17 24 17 7217 05 17 24 17 18 Hi 270 10 63 272 10 71 12 14 20 1121142 21 288 16 19 9 28 8 14 16 22 142 17 5 24 349 18 24 3421 T 0 47 0 55 0 79 0 44 0 56 0 83 1 13 0 63 0 78 1 13 0 55 0 63 0 87 0 56 0 69 094 1 37 0 71 0 94 1 37 70 70 80 605 66 5 66 5 82 6 65 66 5 82 6 90 90 95 792 89 89 101 6 85 89 1016 J 2 76 2 76 3 15 2 38 2 62 2 62 2 25 2 56 2 62 2 25 3 54 8 54 3 74 3 12 3 50 3 50 4 00 3 35 3 50 4 00 N 4 0 16 4 0 16 15 15 19 15 7 15 7 15 7 224 14 11571224 19 19 19 15 7 18 18
145. Flameproof apparatus may be installed in accordance with applicable gases a hazardous area Zone 1 or 2 where the specified gases are present Those apparatus shall not be installed in a hazardous area in Zone 0 Note Hazardous areas are classified in zones based upon the frequency of the appearance and the duration of an explosive gas atmosphere as follows Zone 0 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is present continuously or is present for long periods Zone 1 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is likely to occur in normal operation Zone 2 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is not likely to occur in normal operation and if it does occur it will exist for a short period only 2 Environmental Conditions The standard environmental condition for the installation of flameproof apparatus is limited to an ambient temperature range from 20 C to 40 C for products certified under Technical Criteria However some field mounted instruments may be certified at an ambient temperature up to 60 C as indicated on the instrument nameplates If the flameproof apparatus are exposed to direct sunshine or radiant heat from plant facilities appropriate thermal protection measures shall be taken 5 External Wiring for Flameproof Apparatus Flameproof apparatus require cable wiring for their electrical connections For cable wiring cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type to wiring co
146. HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Simulation Output value Setting value Flow rate Total flow Process temperature Process density Contact output PV Range Loop Current 7 Flow rate Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Total flow rate No Yes No No No No No Process temperature No No Yes No No No No Process density No No No Yes No No No PV Range No No No No No Yes Yes Loop Current No No No No No No Yes Yes Simulation value or calculation result of Simulation TOB1014 EPS No Actual process value or parameter setting value Case B With MV option Case B 1 gt Function Monitor only Case B 2 gt Function Saturated steam or Superheat steam or Liquid mass lt Case B 3 gt Function Gas STD Normal lt Case B 4 gt Function Not use Simulation Output value Setting value Flow rate Total flow rate Process temperature Process density Contact output Flow rate Yes Yes No No Yes Total flow rate No Yes No No No lt Case B 1 4 gt lt Case B 1 4 gt Yes lt Case B 1 2 gt lt Case B 1 4 gt imperare ENE NO i MS Nor od Case B 2 3 Case B 2 3 Case B 3 4 Case B 2 3 Yes Yes No Yes Case B 1 3 4 Case B 1 3 4 No Yes Case B 1 3 4 E No No No lt CaseB 2 gt lt CaseB 2 gt Yes Yes Yes Range Loop Cur
147. I 1 2NPT Female ISO M20x1 5 Female Only for the following explosion protected type Flameproof ATEX IECEx Type n ATEX 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION EARTH TERMINAL Unit mm gt DY040 E1 R2 Model Code DY050 E1 R2 Model Code DY080 E1 R2 Process BA1 BA2 Process BA1 BA2 Process BA1 BA2 Connection BJ B2 ps Connection BJ2 BS1 BS2 Connection BJ B2 B51 2 150 170 200 39 7 7 14 6 39 7 140 140 127 1155 4 185 200 190 5 209 6 288 288 281 5 295 7 319 5 327 322 5 331 8 127 136 16 18 17 5 20 6 18 22 23 9 28 4 105 105 98 6 114 3 150 160 152 4 168 2 4 8 8 4 8 G 19 19 15 7 22 4 G 19 G 19 23 19 22 4 Weight kg 78 8 77 89 Weightkg 1041 10 6 107 12 2 Weightkg 137 16 3 16 3 20 1 Model Code DY100 E1 R2 Model Code DY150 E1 R2 Model Code DY200 E1 R2 Process BA1 BA2 Process Process BA1 BA2 Connection BJ B2 ps Connection Connection BJ psi 52 L 220 310 C 93 8 185 6 cS 51 1 93 8 210 225 228 6 254 350 342 9 381 354 361 5 363 3 376 456 452 5 471 5 158 190 18 24 23 9 31 8 30 28 4 41 1 175 185 190 5 200 2 305 298 5 330 2 8 12 8 12 19 23 19 22 4 25 22 4 25 4 21 25 25 6 34 1 69 72 97
148. Ib UKgal 3 C26 DENSITY f W 0 00001 to 32000 C25 0105 Operating Density Manual Setting Value 1024 D C27 MASS UNIT 0 Selection of Mass Flow Unit 0 D t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and Set only for C20 GAS STD Normal C30 TEMP UNIT W degC 0 Selection of Temperature Unit 0 D deg F 1 C31 TEMP f W 999 9 to 999 9 C30 1 Operating Temperature 15 0 D L Manual Setting Value 32 TEMP b W 999 9 to 999 9 C30 1 Standard Normal Temperature 15 0 D PRESS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of Pressure Unit 0 D L kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 C34 PRESS f W 0 00001 to 32000 C33 0105 Absolute Pressure at Operating Condition 0 1013 D Manual Setting Value C35 PRESS b W 0 00001 to 32000 C33 0105 Absolute Pressure at Standard Condition 0 1013 D L C36 DEVIATION W 0 001 to 10 0 3 Deviation Factor 1 0 D i C37 STD NOR UNIT W Nm3 0 Selection of Volumetric Unit at Normal 0 D L k Nms 1 Condition M Nm 2 N Normal NI 3 S Standard Sms 4 k Sms 5 Sm3 6 SI 7 scf 8 scf 9 scf 10 C40 TIME UNIT W s 0 Selection of Time Unit 2 D L m 1 2 3 C45 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 0105 Flow Span 10 D C50 DAMPING 01099 0 Damping Time 4 D L C60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit T050304 EPS 1 Only for Option Code MV IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 PARAMETER SETUP 4
149. K 40K 16 160 1B ANSI 150 12 7 155 ANSI 300 600 15 9 160 DIN 10 16 25 40 12 160 40mm JIS 10K 20K DIN 10 1 1 2B 16 25 40 16 160 JIS 40K 20 170 ANSI 150 12 7 155 ANSI 300 600 19 1 170 50mm JIS 10K 20K 40K 2B DIN 10 16 25 40 16 200 ANSI 150 300 600 15 9 80mm JIS 10K DIN 10 16 38 25 40 16 220 JIS 20K 40K 20 ANSI 150 15 9 240 ANSI 300 600 19 1 100mm JIS 10K DIN 10 16 16 220 4B JIS 20K DIN 25 40 20 240 JIS 40K 22 270 ANSI 150 15 9 240 ANSI 300 19 1 240 ANSI 600 22 2 270 T020601 EPS Length 2 d Stud Bolt Collar F020601 EPS Figure 2 9 Pipeline Flange Pipeline F020602 EPS Figure 2 10 IM 01F06A00 01EN 2 INSTALLATION Table 2 3 a Installation of Wafer Type Vortex Flowmeter When Installation Collar are required the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flange ratings Size mm inch Flange Rating 15 to 40 1 2 to 1 1 2 All ratings JIS 10K ANSI class 150 DIN PN10 to PN40 ANSI class 150 JPI class 150 50 2 80 3 WARNING The inside diameter of the gasket must be larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline WARNING When installing the Flowmeter vertically in the open air change the electrical connection port direction to the ground If the electrical connection port is installed upwards rain water might leak in WARNING In
150. Level and transmits On change It detects that the device variable value changed and transmits Check transmitting conditions with the cycle set as Update Period and when it corresponds to conditions they transmit Moreover even if it does not correspond to conditions it transmits compulsorily with the cycle set up by Max Update Period 081007 5 01 06 00 01 e Burst Mode When the Burst mode is set to Wired HART Enabled the device starts to send the data Procedure to call up the display Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output Burst condition Burst Messagel 2 or 3 Burst mode Wired HART Enabled 8 10 3 Event Notification When a setting change and a change of the Self diagnostics occur device detect it as an event and can transmit an alarm signal continuously Alarm contained in the following item can be set to Event and can be detected Device Status Status group 1 to 3 Ext dev status Device diagnostic status 0 Up to four events that occurred can be stored When using this function set to Burst mode as Wired HART Enabled 8 10 3 1 Set Event Notification Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt Event Notification Event Stop the event monitor OFF Notification Shift to the monitor state Enable Con
151. P PS27315 1 5 X X Uk 10 8 P P 273 15 K yoo E32 273 15 1 P T 32 273 15 XU M Mass flowrate Up x U kg 10 9 1 U p x Up x U b 10 9 2 Qf Flowrate U U 10 10 1 U U acf 10 10 2 Liquid Qf Flowrate U U m 10 11 1 U U acf 10 11 2 M Mass flowrate U p U kg 10 12 1 U 7 481 x p x U b 10 12 2 7 481 is a conversion factor of U S gal into acf User s unit U U user 10 13 Unit conversion factors of density Uo U Unit conversion factors k scf gt k acf IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 Mass Flow calculation a b Steam In case of saturated steam mass flow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using saturated steam table In case of superheat steam mass flow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using steam table In order to measure superheat steam it is necessary to make constant pressure value A pressure values which is entered in parameter is used M S pp X Q tas anys TH 10 14 1 Gas In case of gas Volumetric flow rate at standard condition is calculated so Pressure Temperature correction is carried out Itis necessary to make constant pressure value A Pressure values at opera tional condition temperature
152. P 1 Indicate and Set only for B50 TEMP B51 TEMP 0 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Set Temperature Value at 0 B52 TEMP 100 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Set Temperature Value at 100 B60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit 1 Only for Option Code MV 5 2 T050303 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 3 Item BASIC SETUP These items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment 5 PARAMETER SETUP The parameters C20 to C50 are not indicated when option code MV is selected and parameter item is selected in F10 except Monitor only or Not use A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit pos Remark e Disp U D C00 BASIC SETUP Menu C Meter characterize C10 TAG NO W 16 characters Tag Number C20 FLUID W LIQUID Volume 0 Selection of FLUID type 0 D GAS STEAM Volume 1 LIQUID Mass 2 GAS STEAM Mass 3 GAS STD Normal 4 Indicate and Set only for C20 LIQUID Volume GAS STEAM Volume C22 VOLUME UNIT W 0 Selection of Flow Units for Flow Rate 0 D L k m3 1 2 cf 3 m cf 4 k cf 5 USgal 6 k USgal 7 UKgal 8 k UKgal 9 bbl 10 m bbl 11 k bbl 12 Indicate and Set only for C20 LIQUID MASS GAS STEAM MASS C25 DENSITY UNIT W kg m 0 Selection of Density Unit 0 D lb cf 1 Ib USgal 2
153. SEAL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 50cm OF THE ENCLOSURE When the equipment is installed in Division 2 FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED 13 4 3 Operation Explosion proof A WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOV ING COVER Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 13 4 4 Maintenance and Repair WARNING instrument modification or part replace ments by other than authorized representatives of Yokogawa Electric Corporation are prohibited and will void CSA Certification 13 10 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 4 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe and Note Intrinsically safe Hazardous Location lt gt Non Hazardous Location Group IIC Zone 0 Class II Ill Division 1 Groups D E andG 1 i i i i Integral type Safety barriers ene DY flowmeter EY 4 SUPPLY 70 707 PULSE illt i alls oF ul 79 ot Lo EPOD ot Remote type ype Safety barriers DY N flowmeter DYA converter Lo EM 74 SUPPLY i Or 29 Bo Q4 Oe le 1 PULSE i eee V roc 0 i 10 01 tot 1 ub W
154. User s Model DY digita GVVF Manual Vortex Flowmeter Integral Type Remote Type Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Remote Type IM 01F06A00 01EN eS vigilantplant YOKOGAWA IM 01F06A00 01EN Yokogawa Electric Corporation CONTENTS CONTENTS INTRODUCTION m 1 2220 lt an 1 1 1 1 Model and Specifications recie ns cus De eere 1 1 1 2 Precautions Regarding Transportation and Storage Location eene 1 1 1 3 Precautions Regarding Installation Locations eeeeeeeeeee esee nnn inna 1 1 PLE y HE vile 2 1 2 1 Precautions Regarding Installation Locations eene nennen nnn nnn nnn 2 1 2 2 Ip 2 1 2 3 Precautions Regarding Installation esee eene ennt nennen nannte nnne aas n nnn a sinn 2 4 2 4 Piping to Improve 2 5 2 5 Cryogenic and High process Temperature Version Insulation eese 2 5 2 6 Installing the Vortex Flow meter 2 6 Be
155. X F Output test by setting simulated frequency Amplifier check is executed by simulated frequency input Output to be able to check are analog output pulse output contact output Test status also can be seen on display board A NOTE In case of multi variable type MV output value is calculated by setting density and temperature Available for 5 10 or greater version that can be checked in 50 SOFTWARE REV K30 VELOCITY Flow velocity Indication of flow velocity at the operating conditions K32 SPAN V Flow span velocity Indication of flow span velocity When is selected and F10 FUNCTION is Saturated Steam or Superheat Steam and GAS STD Normal or LIQUID Mass the display of span velocity may differ from an actual value K34 VORTEX FREQ Vortex frequency Indication of vortex frequency at operating conditions K36 SPAN F Span vortex frequency Indication of span vortex frequency When is selected and F10 FUNCTION is Saturated Steam or Superheat Steam and GAS STD Normal or LIQUID Mass the display of span frequency may differ from an actual value K40 ERROR RECORD Error record The error record can be indicated The error is recorded as history The error history is not time series data The error history can be holded for 30 days In order to clear an error record set the video inverse bar by lt gt a
156. a factory If you have any problems or questions contact your nearest YOKOGAWA service center or sales representative WARNING The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument Please be careful to prevent persons from injuring when it is 11 Model and Specifications The model and important specifications are indicated on the handled data plate attached to the case Verify that they are the same as those specified in the original order referring to paragraph Deterioration in insulation or corrosion can occur for 12 2 to 12 5 In any correspondence always give model MODEL serial number NO and calibrated range RANGE from the data plate unexpected reasons if digitalYEWFLO is left uninstalled for a prolonged period after delivery If digitalYEWFLO is likely to be stored over a prolonged period observe the following precautions E Store the vortex flowmeter with forwarded statement W Choose a storage location that satisfies the following requirements Not exposed to rain or splashwater Less susceptible to mechanical vibration or shock Kept within the temperature and humidity ranges shown in the following table preferably at normal temperature and humidity approximately 25 C 65 Temperature 40 C to 80 C Humidity 5 to 100 no condensation T010201 EPS 1 3 Precautions Regarding In DE stallation Locations 25 27
157. adwire Amplifier Unit Hexagonal Scre Bracket Indicator It F Vortex Shedder ounting Bo Bracket p 9 Assembly Mounting Bolt Integral Type Terminal Box Terminal Box Cover Bracket Bracket Mounting Bolt Allen Bol Remote Type dd pe Vortex Shedder Vortex Shedder Leadwire Assembly Mounting Block Vortex Shedder Flow direction Assembly Vortex Shedder Vortex Shedder Assembly Assembly of Flow Flow Direction Arrow Flow direction F100501 EPS Figure 10 3 Disassembling and Reassembling the Vortex Shedder Assembly Upstream Upstream Upstream Case two bolts Case four bolts Gace ele bolts F100502 EPS Figure 10 4 Procedure of tightening bolts 10 5 IM 01 06 00 01 10 6 Flow Calculation 1 Flow Calculation The flowrate is calculated with the following equations based on the N number of generated vortices a Flowrate in engineering units 1 1 RATE N x AL E X Umm w 10 1 1 KT KM x X 14 81 x T15 x 105 Metric Units 24 10 1 2 KT KM x 1 2 627 x 59 105 English Units 2 10 1 3 b Flowrate RATE RATE w 10 2 Fs c Totalized value TOTAL TOTAL ATOTAL ATOTAL RATE x Atx x _ 103 Um d Pulse output frequency 1 1 PULSE FREQ RATE x Uu 10 4 1 otek PULSE FREQ N x At X Pr Unscal
158. ally B50 SELECT TEMP TO FLOW FLOW FLOW TO TEMP TEMP B30 UPPER DISPLAY is FLOW it can not be changed T050402 EPS The following item should be done in case of which B50 is TEMP B51 TEMP 0 Set temperature value of 0 output UPPER DISPLAY B52 TEMP 100 Set temperature valve of 100 output IM 01 06 00 01 3 Item C BASIC SETUP These items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment The parameters which are set in B are not necessary to set in A value in is the data corresponding to indicator The parameters C20 to C50 are not indicated when option code MV is selected and parameter item is selected in F10 except Monitor only or Not Use C10 TAG NO Tag No Set Tag No 16 characters Available characters are as follows ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZa bcdefghijkImnopqrstuvwxyz01234567 89 5 amp C20 FLUID Flowrate unit Set the flowrate unit below Item Description LIQUID Volume 0 GAS STEAM Volume 1 0 Volumetric flow of liquid measuring 1 LIQUID Mass 2 Mass flow of liquid measuring 3 4 Volumetric flow of gas or steam measuring GAS STEAM Mass 3 GAS STD Normal 4 Mass flow of gas or steam measuring Volumetric flow at Standard condition T050403 EPS T
159. an a value which is set in each process value For Update Period set the value that is smaller than Max Update Period 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message1 2 or 3 gt Set Burst Period gt Update Period 0 5s Max Update Period 1s 2s 4s 8s 16s 32 5 1 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 45 min 60 min T081006 EPS d Burst Msg Trigger Mode Set The Burst Msg Trigger Mode from the parameters shown below When Burst Msg Trigger Mode is Window Rising or Falling set the Burst Trigger Level Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Configure outputs gt HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message1 2 or 3 gt Set Burst Trigger gt Display Item Contents Continuous Burst Message is transmitted contiuously Window It detects that the absolute value of the amount of change of a device variable value became beyond the preset value of Burst Trigger Level and transmits Rising It detects that the device variable value became beyond the preset value of Burst Trigger Level and transmits Falling It detects that the device variable value turned into below the preset value of Burst Trigger
160. and Reinstalling the Indicator 10 3 Amplifier Unit Removal A IMPORTANT Do not turn the amplifier unit for removal or assem bling The connector pins may be damaged 1 2 Turn the power OFF Remove the converter cover In case of the Explosion protected type remove the cover after unlock the clamp 3 Remove the indicator according to the procedures described in paragraph 10 2 4 Loosen the terminal screws and remove the amplifier unit 10 3 10 MAINTENANCE 10 4 Amplifier Unit Assembling A IMPORTANT The amplifier unit must be assembled keeping the procedure as follows Amplifier may not operate normally when the procedure does not keep 1 Put two mounting pins into mounting holeQ 2 Push the head of two mounting screws lightly 3 Push head of two 1 and mount the amplifier unit 4 Tighten two mounting screws 4 F100401 EPS Figure 10 2 Removing and Reinstalling the Amplifier Unit IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 5 Vortex Shedder Removal AN CAUTION Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence Only expert engineer or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover When the vortex shedder is disassembled and empty the flow tube before the gasket must be replaced with a new one Output error may cause when the shedder bar is not restored correctly For Explosion proof type move vortex flowme ter to non hazardous area firstly then do th
161. and pressure value at standard condition which is entered in parameter is used P T 273 15 1 Q Qx tx 10 14 2 P 27315 K In case of liquid mass flow late is calculated from which used to calculate the secondary function for the density value to the temperature A density value which indicated by the order sheet is used M p xQ x 1 aT T x 10 a T T x 10 H 10 14 3 Footnote a 1 2 k2 1 x AT AT1 x AT22 AT2 x AT12 x 102 a k 1 x AT2 k2 D x AT1 AT1 2 22 ATI x 10 AT T T k 1 a x AT x 10 AT x 10 10 7 10 MAINTENANCE M Mass flow 0 Volumetric flow rate at Standard condition 0 Volumetric flow rate at oprtating condition T Temperature at operating condition C F Temperature at standard condition C F Measured temperature value C F T P Pressure at operating condition kPa abs psi Pressure at standard condition kpa abs psi K Deviation factor p Density calculated by temperature value Density at Standard condition kg m Ib c y g Density at operating condition Ps at op 5 Density unit conversion factor U Flow unit conversion factor a lst temperature coefficient a 2nd temperature coefficient Example conversion factor in kg kg Une 1
162. arrying Solids Do not measure fluids that carry solids e g sand and pebbles Make sure users periodically remove solids adhering to the vortex shedder Obstruction of flow fluids may cause to make a chemical reaction and the fluid will be crystallized and hardened and be deposited on the pipe wall and shedder bar In those cases clean shedder bar 2 Bypass piping Bypass piping is convenient for the maintenance of digital YEWFLO vortex shedder cleaning etc Upstream shut off valve Downstream shut off valve F020401 EPS Figure 2 7 2 5 Cryogenic and High process Temperature Version Insula tion When you are using cryogenic type and high process temperature version of digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter Option code HT LT refer to illustrated insulation method as shown in Figure 2 8 2 5 2 INSTALLATION 1 Installing Cryogenic Vortex Flowmeter For cryogenic applications use stainless steel mounting bolts and nuts to install the flowmeter These can be ordered separately from YOKOGAWA Cover the flowmeter body with heat insulating material so that the flowmeter can be maintained at ultra low temperatures refer to the Figure 2 8 2 Maintenance for Cryogenic Applications DY LT uses special materials that produce vortex flowmeter for cryogenic applications When you are replacing a shedder bar specify cryogenic type shedder bar To avoid condensing in the terminal box ensure that the wire connecting port
163. ate at operating conditions V X 354 How to calculate the velocity of a Reynolds number 0 5 0 Reynolds number of 5000 v 20 x v D Reynolds number of 20000 v 40 x v D Reynolds number of 40000 3600 Xv Q however 354X 10 X Qr Re2 1 vxD 1 ey 103 2 Pt Qr Volume flow rate at operating conditions m3 h D Inner diameter of YEWFLO mm S Sectional area of YEWFLO n v Flow velocity m s Re Reynolds number non unit pt Density at operating conditions kg m p Viscosity at operating conditions mPa s cP v Kinematic viscosity at operating conditions 10 95m s cSt B Typical fluid example Table 12 5 4 Range of Measurable Water Flow Rate At standard condition of 15 C p 1000 kg m Model Code isasun 2 Rate feces Flow Rate in m h DY015 DY025 R1 DYO40 R2 0 30 up to 6 0 94 up to 6 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 0 65 up to 18 1 7 up to 18 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 1 3 up to 44 2 6 up to 44 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 2 2 up to 73 3 3 up to 73 DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 4 3 up to 142 4 6 up to 142 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 7 5 up to 248 7 5 up to 248 DY150 DY200 R1 17 up to 544 18 up to 544 DY200 34 up to 973 34 up to 973 DY250 60 up to 1506 60 up to 1506 DY300 86 up to 2156 86 up to 2156 T120506 EPS 12 17 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION IM 01F06A
164. ation Tool s can confirm in accordance with the following steps If the correct DD is not installed in the HART Configuration Tool download them from the official HART programming sites otherwise contact the respective vendors of the Configuration Tool for its upgrade information 1 Confirmation of the device revision for digitalYEWFLO Procedure to callup the field device revision Root Menu Review gt gt Reviewl Fld dev rev in the Reviewl shows the revision number of correspondent field device 2 Confirmation of the device revision for the HART Configuration Tool 1 Confirm the installed DD revision in accordance with the procedure of the Configuration Tool Refer to its manual how to confirm it in detail The first 2 digits of the DD file are expressed the device revision and its last 2 digits are expressed the DD revision 01 01 XXX revision Device revision 8 3 Set the parameters using DTM When configure the parameters using FieldMate use the DTM Device Type Manager reffering to the following table DTM Name DYF HART 7 DTM 0 3708 10 T080301 EPS Device Type Device Revision IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool The HART Configuration Tool can interface with the digitalYEWFLO from the control room the digital YEWFLO site or any other wiring termination point in the loop provided there is a minimum
165. autions when wiring AN CAUTION In cases where the ambient temperature exceeds 50 C 122 F use external heat resistant wiring with a maximum allowable temperature of 70 C 158 F or above Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation Do not splice the cable between the flowtube terminal and the converter if it is too short Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp on terminals and be securely wired sure to turn power off before opening the cover Before turning the power on tighten the cover securely Explosion protected types must be wired in accordance with specific requirement and in certain countries legal regulations in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features terminal box cover is locked by the clamp In case of opening the terminal box cover use the hexagonal wrench attached sure to lock the cover by the clamp using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover 3 2 Wiring for Output Condition Table 3 1 shows the connection method of several output conditions 1 Analog Output 4 to 20 mA DC This converter uses the same two wires for both the signal and power supply A DC power supply is required in a transmission loop The total leadwire resis
166. awa biuru arba atstovu lt gt Visas kategorijas 1zstr d jumu Lietodanas instrukcijas tiek pieg d tas angiu vacu un fran u valod s Ja sabemt Ex 1 dokument ciju cita valoda Jums ir j sazin s ar firmas Jokogava Yokogawa tuv ko ofisu vai parstavi toodete kasutamisjuhendid on esitatud inglise saksa ja prantsuse keeles seadmete muukeelse dokumentatsiooni saamiseks p rduge l hima Iokagava Yokogawa kontori v i esindaja poole INTRODUCTION Wszystkie instrukcje obs ugi dla urz dze w wykonaniu przeciwwybuchowym Ex zgodnych z wymaganiami ATEX dost pne s w jezyku angielskim niemieckim i francuskim Je eli wymagana jest instrukcja obs ugi w Pa stwa lokalnym j zyku prosimy o kontakt z najbli szym biurem Yokogawy Vsi predpisi in navodila za ATEX Ex sorodni pridelki so pri roki v angli amp ini nemSeini ter franco ini Ee so Ex sorodna navodila potrebna v va em tukejnjem jeziku kontaktirajte va najbli i Yokogawa office ili predstaunika D Az ATEX Ex m szerek g pk nyveit angol s francia nyelven adjuk ki Amennyiben helyi nyelven k rik az Ex eszk z k le r sait k rj k keress k fel a legk zelebbi Yokogawa irod t vagy k pviseletet ATEX
167. cate 03 of alarm output item referring 5 3 parameter list 7 J L LI AS Enter to the setting mode o Enter to the Finish the parameter parameter item setting Press INC key any time Indicate 20 referring 5 3 parameter list Return to display mode A IMPORTANT Enter to the data input item After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Press INC key any time F040403 EPS 4 8 IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 PARAMETER SETUP 5 PARAMETER SETUP 5 1 Parameter Setup The parameters are set before factory shipment Set the required parameter of changing fluid contact out and indication of display 5 2 Multi Variable Type Parameter Only for MV Parameter item F is indicated when is selected The parameters are set before factory shipment but it is necessary to set the analog output of temperature span of temperature output A IMPORTANT For the remote type be sure to set the cable length F52 for DYA remote type converter because of effect of the cable length 5 1 5 3 Parameters List This section describes the parameter of digitalYEWFLO Contents of parameter lists
168. ck FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene tubing over the inner shield drain wire C and blue FEP tubing over outer shield drain wire G until the tubing cannot be slid any further and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm 0 2 in of the drain wires exposed 6 Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so that the tubing covers the braided shield and overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose wires G and T 15 06 25 1 0 Heat Shrinkable Tubing 7 Slide short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over each of wires A B G and T Install a crimp on terminal lug at the tip of each wire Crimp and solder each lug Lug Tips Crimp and Solder Heat shrinkable tubing 8 Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer Heat Shrinkable Tubing 9 Attach an identification label to the end of the cable Ay NOTE Check that the insulation resistance between each wire including the inner shield is 10MQ or greater at 500V DC Ensure that both ends of the wires are disconnected open circuited during the check e 9 9 1 Only for MV BLACK C T030602 EPS A CAUTION CONVERTER Figure 3 8 F030602 EPS m _ un A NOTE In case that the cable end finish parts assembly
169. cm2 abs 2 bar abs 3 C34 PRESS f Absolute pressure at operating conditions Set the absolute pressure at operating condition C35 PRESS b Absolute pressure at standard normal condition Set the absolute pressure at normal condition C36 DEVIATION Deviation factor Set deviation factor C37 STD NOR UNIT Volumetric unit at normal conditions Select volumetric unit at normal condition from Nm 0 kNm 1 MNm 2 NI 3 Sm 4 km 5 Mm 6 SI 7 scf 8 kscf 9 Mscf 10 N Normal S Standard C40 TIME UNIT TIME UNIT Select time unit from 5 0 m 1 d 3 C45 FLOW SPAN Flowrate span Set the required span with a numerical value C50 DAMPING Damping time constant Set damping time constant values from 0 to 99s IM 01 06 00 01 4 Item D AUX SETUP These items are for Auxiliary setup A value in is the data corresponding to indicator D10 LOW CUT Low cut flowrate A NOTE For D10 setting be sure to set NOMINAL SIZE in E10 firstly Set to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate or low frequency range The settable range for low cut flowrate is more than half minimum flowrate A NOTE In case that Reynolds adjustment H25 Gas expansion correction H30 or select a break point correction H40 is necessary to set D10 LOW CUT must be set after the items for compensations H25 H30 H40 are set to ACTIVE
170. cree 5 Where Line pressure 2 to 7 times as large as internal diameter on downstream of flowmeter body surface kPa absolute AP Pressure loss kPa Refer to the item above Po Saturation liquid vapor pressure at operating temperature kPa absolute Example Confirmation of presence of cavitation Suppose that the line pressure is 120 kPa abs and the flow rate scale is 0 to 30 m h It is only necessary to confirm the pressure at the maximum flow rate therefore the saturated steam pressure of water at 80 C is as follows from the table of saturated steam pressures Po 47 4 kPa abs Therefore substitute this value in equation 5 P 2 7 17 3 1 3 X 47 4 108 3 kPa abs Since the operating pressure of 120 kPa abs is higher than 108 3 kPa abs no cavitation occurs IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 6 External Dimensions Wafer type DY015 up to DY100 Unit mm approx inch 74 2 91 WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 125 4 92
171. ctor 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female ATEX Intrinsically safe Approval Note 2 Applicable Standard EN50014 EN50020 EN50284 Type of protection EEx ia T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector EEx ia IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Il Category 1G Degree of Protection of Enclosure 67 Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Tamb 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process temp T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30 V Maximum Input Current li 165 mA Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9 W Internal Capacitance Ci 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH For connection of DYA and DY N Maximum capacitance of cable 160nF Electrical connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female T120407 EPS 12 12 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Specification n Approval Note 3 Applicable Standard EN60079 15 EN60079 0 Type of Protection Ex nL IIC
172. d on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Case Cable 2 4 NN Washer p Screw 2 X i al Screw New Washer Cable V Clamp 1 Internal grounding terminal 2 External grounding terminal F130301 eps Figure 13 3 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals 13 3 3 Operation AN WARNING Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 3 4 Maintenance and Repair WARNING instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 13 3 5 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes Screw size Marking ISO M20 X 1 5 female ANSI 1 2 14NPT female F130302 EPS 13 3 6 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof digital YEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER T6 15 T4 T3 T2 2819 100 135 200 300 4500 VERSION ABOVE 250 C E e sw 00 A warno TS POTENTIAL ELE 3n YOKOGAWA made in Remote type detector Flameproof di
173. dd HART7 9 1 Add Note 9 2 Minor amendment ex Chapter number 10 2 Revision 10 1 10 4 Revision 10 5 Vortex Shedder Removal 10 7 Add Footnote Chapter 12 Add 7 Revision of Ex proof descriptions Chapter 13 Revision of Ex proof descriptions 15th Aug 2012 2 3 Correction Figure Word 2 5 Correction Word 3 7 3 8 Correction 5 2 5 4 5 5 5 15 Correction 7 5 Correction Word 7 7 Add RW 8 7 8 8 Correction 8 15 Correction Word 8 18 Add RW 8 19 Add R 10 2 Revision 10 4 Revision Table 10 1 10 6 Correction 12 3 Add table 12 5 Revision 12 6 Revision 12 8 Revision 12 9 Revision Note7 8 9 12 11 Correction 12 12 to 12 14 Revision Explosionproof 12 15 Add DY250 HT and DY300 HT 12 19 Revision 12 20 to 12 38 Revision 13 1 13 2 13 4 Revision for ATEX 13 5 Correction for FM 13 7 13 8 Add IECEx explosion proof 13 12 Revision for the table of IECEx IM 01 06 00 01
174. deal gas law H40 FLOW ADJUST Select a break point correction Select a break point correction for the instrumental error from 0 ACTIVE 1 5 15 5 PARAMETER SETUP 41 H45 FLOW ADJUST Instrumental Error Correction W Correct the instrumental error in flowmeter characteristics using 1 line segment approximation with five correction factors 1 Flow frequency input at line segments needs to be fixbxfssfasts When four correction factors are available line segments need to be fa fs and da ds When three correction factors are available line segments need to be f3 fa fs d3 da ds 2 When a flow input of f or less is present correct the instrumental error as the corrected value d1 3 When a flow input of fs or more is present correct the instrumental error as the corrected value ds 4 Abscissa fi to fs Set the break point frequencies as parameters 5 Ordinate di to ds Set the corrected value at each break point as parameters Set value QS x 100 Where Qs Correct flowrate determined by a reference apparatus I Indication of vortex flowmeter Definition of error varies with the type of flowmeter Be careful of the difference in signs in the error and corrected value of _ 82 _ 100 K factor holds and the error is included in the K factor Therefore for the region where the K factor shift on the positive side the corrected value is
175. e assemble work 1 For nominal size 15mm to 100mm 1 inch to 4 inch remove the converter cover or terminal box according to the following 2 to 5 For nominal size 150mm to 300 6 inch to 12 inch this procedure is not necessary 2 For integral type remove the converter cover For remote type remove the terminal cover For integral type loosen the hexagonal screw on the Amplifier unit then remove the amplifier unit Remove the indicator first in case the device has it 3 For integral type remove the Shielded cover back Amplifier unit In case of following Explosion proof type loosen the locking screw on the converter case or terminal box Explosion proof type TIIS Flame proof ATEX Explosion proof SAA Flame proof 4 Remove the Leadwire by loosening a screw on the terminal strip 5 Loosen the bracket mounting bolts and remove the converter case or terminal box together with the bracket Be careful not to damage the leadwires of the vortex shedder assembly 6 Loosen the vortex shedder assembly mounting bolts 2 to 6 pcs and remove the vortex shedder assembly 7 When reassembling the vortex shedder assembly reverse above procedure Confirm the following a Replace to a new gasket The guide pin on the vortex shedder mounting block meets the guide pin hole See Figure 10 3 Nominal size 150mm to 300mm 6inch to 12inch has no guide pin c The vortex shedder assembly is installed as illu
176. e communication speed will be slow To release multidrop mode call up the Poll addr display and the address to 0 IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 11 Other operations for the HART Configuration Tool Regarding other operations for the HART Configuration Tool refer to the HART Configuration Tool operations manual 7 12Switching HART Protocol Revision When the output signal code is HART protocol revision of device can be selectable from 5 or 7 The HART protocol revision is set and shipped as specified in the order To change the HART protocol revision after shipment follow the procedure shown below A IMPORTANT When change the protocol revision confirm the items below Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than new protocol revision of the device Refer to 7 2 Confirm that the DD or DTM which is suitable to new protocol revision of device is installed in the configura tion tool Refer to Section 7 1 or 7 2 7 12 1 Protocol revision change e Call up the parameter for protocol revision change Procedure to call up the Chng universal rev display Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Revision numbers Chng universal rev 7 12 2 Active the parameter for protocol revision change e Active the Chng universal rev method A IMPORTANT The message is displayed to separate the device from the automatic control loop Confirm that t
177. e i i DYC Signal cable 71 Wire terminal With temperature sensor type _ installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Ui Vmax 30 li Imax 2165 mA Pmax 0 9W Ci 12 nF Li 0 15 mH Installation requirements between flowmeter converter and Safety Barrier Uo s Ui losli Lo Li Lcable Vmax 1 2 Ci Ccable La Li Lcable Uo lo Po Co Lo Voc Isc Ca and La are parameters of barrier F130401_1 EPS AN WARNING n any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor R such that lo Uo R or Isc Voc R safety barrier must be CSA certified Input voltage of the safety barrier must be less than 250Vrms Vdc Installation should be in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code Part I Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class and environments Do not alter drawing without authorization from CSA IM 01F06A00 01EN Type n and Non incendive Hazardous Location lt gt Hazardous Class 1 Zone 2 Location Class Il Division 2 Groups A B C D E F and G Class 111 Division 1 General Purpose Integral type Equipment DY flowmeter 0 70 Power 0 SUPPLY Supply 79 PULSE
178. e prepared by user s side 7 Default setting is Flow rate It is necessary to change the parameter of output in case of setting temperature output 8 of indicating the temperature the display indicate not only 96 but also t t is the means of temperature 9 Default setting is temperature but Total is setup when ordering the Total Rate 10 Forthe Remote Type DY N MV be sure to set the parameter of cable length for DYA Remote Type converter 12 10 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 4 3 OPTION REDUCED BORE TYPE R1 R2 1 This option is the same as standard specification except the following items De Reduced bore type Option Code R1 R2 Model Code Note 2 Flange piping size R1 Detector size R2 Detector size Pressure Loss A inner dia B inner dia B R1 about 15 increases to standard type R2 about 28 increases to standard type DY025 15 14 6 mm Note 3 see P 12 19 DY040 25 25 7 mm 15 14 6 mm Note 3 7 DY050 40 39 7 mm 25 25 7 mm 50 51 1 mm 40 39 7 mm DY100 80 71 mm 50 51 1 mm DY150 100 93 8 mm 80 71 mm DY200 150 138 8 mm 100 93 8 mm Measurable minimum Refer to table 12 5 1 flow velocity Range of measurable Refer to table 12 5 2 flow velocity Note 1 For detailed accuracy s
179. e problems Avoid gas bubbles in a liquid flow Piping should be carried out to avoid bubble generation Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowme ter because pressure drop across the control valve may cause gas to come out of the solution Good Control No Good Value Flow eg Flow Flow x F020303 EPS Figure 2 4 3 Multi Phase Flow digitalYEWFLO can measure gas liquid and steam when there is no change in state However accurate measurement of mixed flows e g gas and liquid is not possible No Good Mist flow No Good s Flow Stratified flow No Good Bubble flow 020304 5 Figure 2 5 01 06 00 01 4 Pipeline Diameter and digitalYEWFLO The process pipeline inner diameter should be slightly larger than the vortex flowmeter inner diameter schedule 40 or lower pipe should be used for 1 2 to 2 inch flowmeters and schedule 80 or lower pipes for 3 to 8 inch flowmeters No Good Good Di lt D2 F020305 EPS Figure 2 6 5 Waterproof Construction The vortex flowmeter is of IP67 NEMA4X tightprotection However it cannot be used under water 2 4 Piping to Improve Durability 1 Pipe cleaning Flushing of pipe line Cleaning Flush and clean scale incrustation and sludge on the inside of pipe wall for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before the operation Fluid C
180. ed pulses 10 4 2 e Velocity pod 4 V N x At ee ne 10 5 f Reynolds number 1 Re V x DX p x T x 1000 Metric Units 10 6 1 1 Re V x D x p x E x 124 English Units 2 10 6 2 where N Number of input pulses pulse At Time corresponding to N seconds j Instrumental error correction factor Expansion correction factor for compressive fluid Reynolds number correction factor KT K factor at operating conditions pulses litre pulse gal KM K factor at temperature 15 C 59 F Unit conversion factor for K factor Flow unit conversion factor Refer to item 2 U user Flow unit conversion factor for user s unit Factor corresponding to flow unit time ex m minute is 60 10 6 10 MAINTENANCE Pe Pulse rate ex E 3 is 10 Temperature at operating conditions C F Flowrate span Te Total rate D Internal diameter m inch Viscosity mPa s cP p Density at operating conditions kg m b ft 2 Flow Conversion Factor Uk Flow conversion factor Uk is obtained by carrying out the following computation depending on the selection of the fluid to be measured and the flow unit a b c d Steam Mass flowrate U p x Up U kg 24 10 7 1 U 7p X U b 10 7 2 Qf Flowrate at operation U U m 10 7 3 U U acf 10 7 4 Gas Qn Flowrate at ST
181. ee SIZING Not available for LT T120406 EPS Not available for SS1 Note 2 Flange type only JIS10K 20K BJ1 BJ2 and ANSI150 300 BA1 BA2 BS1 BS2 MS Code of DY means flange piping size Note 3 High process temperature version HT and Multi variable type MV for DYO25 R1 and DY040 R2 are not available 12 11 IM 01 06 00 01 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 4 4 Option Specifications For Explosion Protected Type Item Specification TIIS Certification TIIS Flameproof Approval Note 1 Flameproof Ex T6 Certified by TIIS TIIS is the abbreviation of Technology Institution of Industrial Safety Amb Temp 20 to 60 C Electrical connection JIS G1 2 female Factory Mutual FM FM Explosion proof Approval Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3611 FM3615 FM3810 Including Supplement 1 ANSI NEMA 250 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignitionproof for Class Division 1 Groups E and 6 SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female FM Intrinsically safe
182. em Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Point Remark Initial Value Disp U D 1 F00 THERMOMETER Menu F Thermometer function F10 Function W Monitor only 0 Select thermometer function 0 D L Saturated Steam 1 Move to F40 when Monitor only is selected Superheat Steam 2 Move to F60 when Not Use is selected GAS STD Normal 3 LIQUID Mass 4 Not use 5 Indicate and set only for F10 Saturated Stem F12 MASS UNIT W kg 0 Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and set only for F10 Superheat Steam F14 PRSS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of pressure unit 0 D L kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm2 a 3 psia 4 F15 PRESS f W 0 00001 to 32000 F14 Oto 5 Absolute pressure at operating condition Manual setting vaiue 0 1013 F16 MASS UNIT W kg 0 Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and set only for F10 GAS STD Normal F18 TEMP UNIT W degC 0 Selection of temperature unit 0 D L deg F 1 19 TEMP b W 999 9 to 999 9 F18 1 Standard Normal temperature 15 0 D L F20 PRESS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of temperture unit 0 D L W kPa abs 1 W bar abs 2 W kg cm2a 3 W psia 4 F21 PRESS f W 0 00001 to 32000 F20 Oto 5 Absolute pressure at operating condition Manual setting value 0 1013 D L F22 PRESS b W 0 00001 to 32000 F20 0105 Absolute pressure at Standard condition 0 1013 D L F23 DEVIATION W 0 001 to 10 000 3 Deviation fact
183. emark of Du Pont de Nemours amp Co 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Non Wetted Parts Housing Case Cover Aluminum alloy JIS ADC12 Name Plate Stainless steel JIS SUS304 DYA Mounting Bracket for 2B pipe Cold reduced carbon steel sheet JIS SPCC JIS SECC Coating Color Housing Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Deep sea moss green Munsell 0 6GY 3 1 2 0 DYA Mounting Bracket for 2B pipe Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Frosty white Munsell 2 5Y 8 4 1 2 Protection IP67 immersion proof and dust proof NEMA 4X Hazardous Area Classifications Refer to 12 4 Option Specifications Electrical Connection JIS G1 2 female ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Signal Cable Model DYC cable used for remote detector and converter Max length 30 m Outer Sheath Material Heat resisting polyethylene Durable Temperature 40 to 150 C Weight Refer to 12 6 External Dimension Mounting Integral type and Remote type detector Flange mounting or wafer mounting by flange adjacent to the pipeline Remote type converter 2 inch pipe mounting Electrical Specifications Note Pulse output alarm output and status output use the common terminal therefore these functions are not used simultaneously Output Signal 9 Dual Output Both Analog and Transistor contact output can be obtained simultaneously In this case refer to 3 WIRING Analog 4 to 20 mA DC 2 wire system Transistor Con
184. entered in the New password field and transferred to the transmitter When write protect is set to Yes the transmitter does not accept parameter changes When the same eight alphanumeric string entered in the New password field is also entered in the Enable wrt 10min field and transferred to the digitalYEWFLO it will be possible to change transmitter parameters during a 10 minute period To change the digitalYEWFLO from the write protect Yes status back to Write protect No status use Enable wrt 10min to first release the write protect function and then enter eight spaces in the New password field 7 10HART Specific Functions 7 10 1 Burst Mode digitalYEWFLO continuously sends the data via HART Configuration Tool when the burst mode is set on The data is sent intermittently as a digital signal at 3 times a second Procedure to call up Burst option and Burst mode 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL 1 Setting the data to be sent Root Menu Detailed Setup Configure outputs gt HART Output Burst option Select the type of data to be sent from the following options Instantaneous flow rate PV Output in and current output range current Current output PV SV TV QV 2 Setting the burst mode Root Menu Detailed Setup Configure outputs gt HART Output Burst mode Then select On at the menu to start the burst mode To release from the burst mode call up the burst
185. enuen 1e enuen ye inva 8842 854 854 s ANOD H 44O Ul uopeseg uo p seg 10413 1 u3 uonipuoo uonipuoo uonpuoo uonpuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo umoes Dunes unes 4osues s4OSUBS yenueyy enuen ye enuey enuen ye enuey enuen ye enuen ye 1 4 wow y 1 1 uogeiedo 8S4 uone1edo uoneJedo 854 854 Jo poys YOSNAS uo 10 uonoeuuoosig 10413 006 5 00 duie 5 00 amp 9 00e dwe o 00e dwe 9 006 1 2 00 1 2 00 duie Jo 40 Jo 40 40 Jo 10 10 40 O 0g duie 009 9 2505 009 2 09 2505 4 9 0g dwe D 08 dui8 1 2505 1 0 05 9 L 2 00
186. equency f1 0 0 D 42 DATA 1 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 First correcting value d1 0 0 D H43 FREQUENCY 2 W 01032000 2 0105 Second break point frequency f2 0 0 D 44 DATA 2 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 Second correcting value d2 0 0 D H45 FREQUENCY 3 W 0 to 32000 Hz 0105 Third break point frequency 13 0 0 D 46 3 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 Third correcting value d3 0 0 D 47 FREQUENCY 4 W to 32000 Hz 0105 Fourth break point frequency 14 0 0 D 48 DATA 4 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 Fourth correcting value d4 0 0 D H49 FREQUENCY 5 W 01032000 Hz 0105 Fifth break point frequency f5 0 0 D 50 5 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 Fifth correcting value d5 0 0 D 60 SELF CHECK GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR T050308 EPS 8 Item J Test These items are for test of output A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit pay Remark ud Disp U D JOO TEST Menu J Test J10 OUT ANALOG W 0 0 to 110 0 1 Current Output 0 0 D J20 OUT PULSE W 0 to 10000 PPS 0 Pulse Output 0 D J30 OUT STATUS W OFF 0 Status Output 0 D ON 1 J40 RELEASE TIME W 10min 0 Test auto release time 0 D 1 30min 1 60min 2 3h 3 6h 4 12h 5 J60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 7 00 or greater version that can be checked in K50 SOFTWARE REV 5 7 050309 01
187. er and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex nL 4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Category 3G Degree of protection of enclosure IP66 IP67 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C Tit 29 C to 450 C T130101 4 eps Use HT version above 250 C Electrical data Signal Supply and Pulse circuit Ui 30Vdc Ci 6nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female 13 2 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 1 2 Installation A WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient tempera ture exceeds 60 C and or the process tempera ture exceeds 200 C cable entry devices shall be certified type of protection flame proof enclosure d and suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed e Unused apertures shall be closed with certified blanking elements in type of protection
188. eter Burst Command Cmd1 PV Command parameter Variable assigned to PV Cmd2 range current range current Percent of rang Loop current Cmd3 Dyn vars current Process vars current Loop current PV SV TV QV Cmd9 Device vars w Status Mapping by user Process vars range current Cmd33 Device Variables Process vars range current Mapping by user Cmd48 Read Additional Device Status Self diagnosis information T081004 EPS b Burst Variable Code This parameter is possible to be set when Burst Command is Cmd9 Device vars w Status up to eight items and Cmd33 Device Variables up to four items Set device variables to a bare minimum to avoid to get the communication time longer Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message1 2 or 3 gt Burst Device Variables gt Burst Variable Code gt Display Item Contents Flowrate Flowrate Total Total flow Temperature Temperature Density Density rnge Select the output Loop current Select the output current PV Select the PV value SV Select the SV value TV Select the TV value QV Select the QV value Not use T081005 EPS c Update period and Max Update Period Set to Update Period and MaxUpdate Period Set greater value of update period th
189. eter Flange type Description Use the stud bolts and nuts supplied with the flowmeter of the user The gaskets should be supplied by the user Horizontal Installation Flow Direction CAUTION The inside diameter of the gasket must be larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline Gasket Flow Direction Vertical Installation T020603 EPS Table 2 3 c Installation of remote Type Converter Remote type converter Description UN CAUTION The converter is mounted on a 2 inch 60 5mm outer dia stanchion or horizontal pipe A signal cable DYC is used between the Do not mount the converter on a vertical pipe It makes wiring and maintenance remote type flowmeter and the converter difficult The maximum signal cable length is 97 5ft The converter mounting orientation can be changed as illustrated below 30m SUM Stanchion Mounting Horizontal Pipe Mounting 2 inch Pipe T020604 EPS 2 8 IM 01FO6A00 01EN 3 WIRING 3 WIRING WARNING The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring AN CAUTION Once all wiring is complete check the connections before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 3 1 Wiring Precautions Be sure to observe the following prec
190. evision 3 4 Figure 3 5 Revision 4 9 Figure 4 4 Revision 4 13 to 21 4 6 Revision 5 4 D10 Revision 5 8 K45 Revision 5 12 NOTE Revision 5 15 NOTE Revision 6 1 NOTE Revision 6 3 6 2 1 Revision 9 2 9 2 Revision 9 5 to 9 6 9 3 Revision 9 7 to 9 8 9 4 1 Revision and add an option specification 9 9 9 4 2 Revision 9 16 Revision 9 6 to 9 37 Revision and add E1 drawings 10 11 10 5 Revision 13th Dec 2011 5 12 Manual Change No 10 005 1E 5 15 10 1 10 2 10 3 1 10 3 2 vi Add note 6 4 1 Revision and delete Table 4 1 5 13 Revision E30 7 4 Revision Table 7 4 7 6 Revision 7 6 title 9 2 Revision Specification changes 9 5 Revision Specification changes add MS Code 9 6 Revision Specification changes Table 9 3 1 9 7 Page alignment Table 9 3 2 9 10 Revision Specification changes Table for MV 9 11 14 Revision Specification changes for Explosion proof 10 1 12 Revision Specification changes for Explosion proof _ 2 Revision Specification changes for TIIS Explosion proof IM 01FO6A00 01EN REVISION RECORD Edition Date Page Revised Item 14th Mar 2012 vi Add Warning Wet location 1 1 Correction Chapter No 2 6 Correction Chapter No 3 3 Add Note 3 5 5 Correction unit 5 7 Correction time unit 5 8 Correction K45 5 12 Add parameter item D40 Correction D43 5 13 14 Correction unit 5 16 Revision J40 Chapter 7 Revision HART5 and DTM menu tree Chapter 8 A
191. ffix is specified the CPU error burnout is set to LOW 2 5 below output and sensor burnout is set to LOW 2 5 below output respectively The setting of the direction of output from burnout can be changed To change the direction of output arising from burnout switch the setting pin on the CPU assembly see Table 9 1 9 OPERATION Table 9 1 Output Setting Pin for Burnout Pin CPU error CPU error sition burnout burnout Remark po direction output H HIGH 110 or more Set to HIGH before 21 6mA DC shipment Set to LOW for option specification code C1 2 5 or less 3 6mA DC LOW L T090101 EPS Pin position of Write Protect Switch See 9 1 7 Pin position of Burnout Switch F090102 EPS Figure 9 2 Pin position of Burnout and Write Protect Switch 9 1 7 Setting of Write Protect Switch By setting the write protect function to Protect it is possible to prevent the overwriting of parameters Write protection can be carried out using either the hardware switch on the CPU board i e Switch 2 or software parameter settings If either of these items is set to Protect the overwriting of parameters will be prohibited A NOTE If the hardware switch is set to Protect it will not be possible to overwrite parameters further more this condition will be maintained until the switch is set to Enable IM 01F06A00 01EN For mo
192. fication 8 10 4 Multidrop C i EE E A tei Ee E 8 10 5 Loop test Simulati n Squawk aee ett deett Yee eC breed Ep e OR 8 10 6 Switching HART Protocol Revision 8 10 7 Other operations for the HART Configuration Tool 00 ceessccsesseseeeeeseeseeeseeecseeassessesasseeasatseeassesaeeeseteas 8 13 8 11 MICGl NAP 9 OPERATION mePET E 9 1 Adjustment 91 1 Zero Adjustment 9 1 2 Span Adjustment 91 35 TA ETERNI EUER S t UHR SERES 9 1 4 Totalizer Function Start and Totalized Value Reset ener nennen nenne 9 2 9 1 5 Unit of Pulse Output Scaling 9 6 S tting of Burnout e bee det le es de 9 1 7 Setting of Write Protect Switch 9458 Power Failure nern er Eee EU em e rd e Ea HER eb detecte 9 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode 1 e nennen nens nn nnnn nnn nnna ns tnni ass tn ases sns a sane nans anna 92 LowCutAdjustmenht ere eR A UL ER eI 022 Zero t Rie BE Ene HR e REGE NE iin inte 9 3 Other Maintenance 9 3 1 Cleaning Precautions ett hen e perpe tete ee AEE ENEE ii IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 11 12 13 CONTENTS 2 EEEE E E 10 1 10 1 Changing the Terminal Box O
193. flame proof enclose d The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Case Screw AS SM X al Screw v Ra w Washer Cable Ww 2 External grounding terminal F100000 eps 1 Internal grounding terminal Figure 13 1 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals IM 01FO6A00 01EN 13 1 3 Operation WARNING Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 13 1 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 13 1 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note Integral type i Non Hazardous LS ect are Hazardous lt Location Safety barriers DY flowmeter c oF L SUPPLY i 0 PULSE visu i e e S vas TOi mmo G o Remote type without built in Temperature sensor Non Hazardous Hazardous lt gt Location i Safety barriers DY N flowmeter DYA flowmeter o io 401 1 A 04 SUPPLY eo B B 0 i T T 71 PULSE 22
194. fluence the flowmeters Please pay attention not to be abrade the metal pipe when the fluid to abrade the lining such as slurry and sand are contained IM 01F06A00 01EN INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT Apparatus Certified Under Technical Criteria Standards 1 General The following describes precautions on electrical apparatus of flameproof construction hereinafter referred to as flameproof apparatus in explosion protected apparatus Following the Labour Safety and Health Laws of Japan flameproof apparatus is subjected to type tests to meet either the technical criteria for explosionproof electrical machinery and equipment standards notification no 556 from the Japanese Ministry of Labour hereinafter referred to as technical criteria in conformity with the IEC Standards or the Recommended Practice for Explosion Protected Electrical Installations in General Industries published in 1979 These certified apparatus can be used in hazardous locations where explosive or inflammable gases or vapours may be present Certified apparatus includes a certification label and an equipment nameplate with the specifications necessary for explosion requirements as well as precautions on explosion protection Please confirm these precautionary items and use them to meet specification requirement
195. ging Temp sensor fault Pulse set error Fluctuating Temp convert fault Device ID not entered Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault F071202 EPS 7 5 IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal 7 Upload Download MV Only for Thermometer Type Basic setup 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL Easy setup Contact output B20 Off Method Scaled pulse Pulse rate B21 Unscaled pulse ditto Frequency Frequency at 10096 B22 Alarm Flow SW Low On Setting level 23 Flow SW Low Off ditto Display mode display B30 Lower display 831 Totalizer Total A30 CR Total start stop B40 Total rate 845 RW Total reset B47 M Method Analog out select Flow Temp Temp unit Tem Temp 100 0 Temp error out End Liquid Volume unit A message for thermometer type and Saturated steam Superheat steam Gas STD Normal or Liquid Mass is selected Now setting mode of thermometer Please set at another menu Process abort A parameter selected in Thermometer Function
196. gitalYGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C 16 16 T4 T3 T2 80 100 135 200 300 450 ABOVE 260 C sew N200 E mO Remote type converter Flameproof 070 30 TO 60 C WITH INDICATOR ENERGIZING DELAY MINUTES BEFORE OPENING ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL AFTER DE POTENTIAL EZ YOKOGAWA Made in N200 MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage 13 8 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Manufacturing serial number TAG NO Specified TAG No 1 The product producing country IM 01 06 00 01 13 4 CSA 13 4 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard C22 1 98 C22 2 No 0 M1991 C22 2 No 4 04 C22 2 No 0 5 1982 C22 2 No 25 1966 C22 2 No 30 M1986 C22 2 No 94 M1991 C22 2 No 142 M1987 C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 2003 1166201 Type of Protection Explosionproof for Class I B C and D Class IL Groups E F and G Class III For Class I Division 2 location FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Certificate Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Tempera
197. hanging TLA value 3 Output After tuning ensure that the indication reads is zero where no fluid is flowing If the indication reads over zero is done continuously retry the tuning and ensure the below condition Does high vibrations occur in pipeline In this case refer to 2 INSTALLATION and keep the pipeline properly 9 4 9 OPERATION 9 3 Other Maintenance 9 3 1 Cleaning Precautions Care should be taken to prevent the build up of dirt dust or other material on the display glass and data plate In case of its maintenance soft and dry cloth is used IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 MAINTENANCE 10 MAINTENANCE CAUTION Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence Maintenance work must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators Before opening the cover it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the power was turned off Furthermore opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel CAUTION It is prohibited by law for the user to modify flameproof instruments It is not permitted to add or remove indicators If modification is required contact YOKOGAWA Explosion protected type must be as a rule removed to a non hazardous area for maintenance and be disassembled and reassembled to the original state For TIIS ATEX and SAA explosion proof the display cover is locked by
198. he Chng universal rev method A IMPORTANT The message is displayed to separate the device from the automatic control loop Confirm that the device is separated 3 Input the new revision number An input column for new protocol revision number is displayed Input the new HART protocol revision number of 5 for HART 5 or 7 for HART 7 It checks that the revision number which it is going to change into the Next universal rev column is displayed Root Menu Detailed setup Device information gt Revision numbers gt Next universal rev 4 Applying the new protocol revision a Close the configuration tool After completion of Chng universal rev method close the HART configuration tool A NOTE When using a FieldMate close the main display of FieldMate b Restart the device Turn off the power to the device and turn it on A IMPORTANT New protocol revision is applied only after having performed restart of the device A NOTE A new HART revision number is displayed on the integral indicator for three seconds after restart the device Refer to section 8 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 Confirming the new protocol revision a Restart the HART configuration tool A NOTE When execute the other parameter confirmation or setting change execute after restart the configuration tool b Confirm the new HART protocol revision number Call up the Universal rev parameter and co
199. he device is separated 7 12 3 Set the protocol revision number Input the new revision number An input column for new protocol revision number is displayed Input the new HART protocol revision number of 5 for HART 5 or 7 for HART 7 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL Confirm the revision number in the Next universal rev Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Revision numbers gt Next universal 7 12 4 Applying the new protocol revision a Close the configuration tool After completion of Chng universal rev method close the HART configuration tool A NOTE When using a Fieldmate close the main display of FieldMate b Restart the device Turn off the power to the transmitter and turn it on A IMPORTANT New protocol revision is applied only after having performed restart of the device A NOTE A new HART revision number is displayed on the indicator after restart the device 7 12 5 Confirmation of the protocol revi sion number Confirming the new protocol revision a Restart the HART configuration tool A NOTE When execute the other parameter configuration or setting change execute after restart the configuration tool b Confirm the new HART protocol revision number Callup the Universal rev parameter and confirm that the new HART revision number is displayed e Procedure to call up the Universal rev parameter Root Menu
200. he following items should be done in case of which C20 is LIQUID Volume or GAS STEAM Volume C22 VOLUME UNIT Volumetric unit Select the unit of volumetric flow from m3 0 km 1 2 cf 3 mcf 4 def 5 USgal 6 kUKgal 9 bbl 10 mbbl 11 kbbl 12 The following items should be done in case of which C20 is LIQUID Mass or GAS STEAM Mass C25 DENSITY UNIT Density Unit of Flow measurement Select the unit of density from kg m 0 Ib 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 C26 DENSITY f Density at normal operation conditions Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition for mass flow unit C27 MASS UNIT Mass flowrate unit Select the mass flowrate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 5 PARAMETER SETUP The following item should be done in case of which C20 is GAS STEAM Volume C30 TEMP UNIT Fluid temperature unit at operating conditions Select temperature unit at operating condition from degC 0 degF 1 C31 TEMP f Fluid temperature at operating conditions Set fluid temperature at operating condition Range is 196 to 450 C The following items should be done in case of which C20 is GAS STD Normal C32 TEMP b Fluid temperature at standard normal conditions Set the values of Fluid temperature at standard condition C33 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select the unit of pressure from MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 kg
201. ification Applicable Model Material certificates Mill sheets Each certificate to be attached produced by the vendors Item to be 1 Meterbody specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 4 Welding rod Material certificates EN10204 3 1 specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar Each certificate to beattached produced by the vendors Item to be 1 Meterbody 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 4 Welding rod test certificate Positive Material Identification certificate to be attached for the main 3 chemical components of specified materials Each certificate to be attached Item to be 1 Meterbody specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar ASME welding documents submission Each certificate to be submitted 1 Welder Welding Operator Performance Qualification or Welder Qualification Record 2 Welding Procedure Specification WPS 3 Procedure Qualification Record PQR The customer s name and job name to be specified when ordered Item to be 1 Welded portion for the bottom plug specified 5 Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding construction Liquid Penetrant test certificate Item to be 1 Welded portion for the bottom plug DY Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note
202. in Temperature Sensor Type MV 1 This option is the same as standard specification except the following items 1 OF RATE 100 C or more 0 5 OF RATE 100 C or more Multi variable Type Standard Type Size Wafer Type 25mm to 100mm 15mm to 100mm Flange Type 25mm to 200mm 15mm to 300mm Function Only for indication Mass Flow calculation and output Volumetric flowrate at Standard condition for GAS Fluid Liquid Gas Liquid Gas Saturated Steam Saturated Steam Superheat Steam Gas Liquid Saturated Steam Superheat Steam Superheat Steam Temperature Range 29 to 250 C 100 to 250 C 100 to 250 C 29 to 250 C 29 to 250 C 29 to 250 C Accuracy Mass Refer to Detailed Accuracy See 12 16 2 Flow 0 5 1 10 0 5 C Temperature OF RATE OF RATE Less than 100 C Less than 100 C Temperature Response 50 response Mass Flow Calculation 60sec Churning Underwater Density Calculation Density Calculation Density change Method 3 Constant pressure is C ee is Calculation assumed assumed 6 4 5 Output Analog Output Select from Flow rate or temperature 7 Only for Flow Rate Pulse Output Only for Flow rate Only for Flow Rate Alarm Output Standard Alarm Error of thermometer etc Only for Standard StatusOutput Only for Flow Switch Flow Switch Disp
203. ion ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20X1 5 female 13 13 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 6 2 Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables for the digitalYEWFLO Series Vortex Flowmeter when the process temperature exceeds 200 C In hazardous locations the cable entry devices shall be certified flame proof type suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with suitable flameproof certified blanking elements 13 6 3 Operation WARNING Open circuit before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 13 6 4 Maintenance and Repair AN WARNING instrument modification or parts replace ments by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation are prohibited and will void the certification IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 6 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe Integral type Hazardous Location lt gt Non Hazardous Zone 0 i Location Safety barriers DY flowmeter o e FO SUPPLY 192 26 294 0o Ss pei PULSE ox o Remote type Hazardous Location a gt Non Hazardous Zone 0 Location Safety barriers
204. ipe for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before the operation For flushing the flow should flow through bypass piping to avoid damaging the flowmeter If there is no bypass piping install short pipe instead of the flowmeter 2 3 digitalYEWFLO 4 Short pipe F020102 2 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 2 3 Precautions Regarding In stallation A WARNING In case of high process temperature care should be taken not to burn yourself because the surface of body and case reach a high temperature 1 Gas or Steam Measuring Precautions Piping to Prevent Standing Liquid Mount digitalYEWFLO in a vertical pipeline to avoid liquid traps When digitalYEWFLO is installed horizon tally raise that part of the pipeline in which the digital YEWFLO is installed Good Good No Good Flow gt 020301 Figure 2 2 2 Liquid Measurement Precautions To insure accurate measurement the digital YEWFLO must always have a full pipe Piping Requirements for Proper Operation Allow the flow to flow against gravity When the flow is moving with gravity lift the down stream pipe length above the digital YEWFLO installation level to maintain full pipeline Flow No Good No Good Flow gt Good hh 29 Good E Flow gt 0 Flow F020302 EPS Figure 2 3 2 4 2 INSTALLATION Piping for Avoiding Bubbles Flows containing both gas and liquid caus
205. ir If the flameproof apparatus requires repair turn off the power and transport it to a safety non hazardous location Observe the following points before attempting to repair the apparatus a Make only such electrical and mechanical repairs as will restore the apparatus to its original condition For the flameproof apparatus the gaps and path lengths of joints and mating surfaces and mechanical strength of enclosures are critical factors in explosion protection Exercise great care not to damage the joints or shock the enclosure b If any damage occurs in threads joints or mating surfaces inspection windows connections between the transmitter and terminal box shrouds or clamps or external wiring connections which are essential in flameproofness contact Yokogawa Electric Corporation A CAUTION Do not attempt to re process threaded connections or refinish joints or mating surfaces c Unless otherwise specified the electrical circuitry and internal mechanisms may be repaired by component replacement as this will not directly affect the requirements for flameproof apparatus however bear in mind that the apparatus must always be restored to its original condition If you attempt to repair the flameproof apparatus company specified components shall be used d Before starting to service the apparatus be sure to check all parts necessary for retaining the requirements for flameproof apparatus For this chec
206. is activated Indicate parameter only when Maintenance Lowcut 020 TLA K10 Signal level K20 Noise balance mode 25 Noise balance mode Noise ratio K26 High vibration K45 Velocity K30 Span Velocity K32 Vortex frequency K34 Span frequency K36 Menu type number Analog Output Flow span B10 PV Damp B15 AO Arlm typ Out limit H D30 MV Analog out select B50 MV Analog out select MV Temp dampin Device information Model Manufacturer Hardware rev Software rev Descriptor Massage Date Final asmbly num Tag Poll addr Dev id Universal rev Fld dev rev Next universal rev Chng universal rev Num req preams Physical signl code Burst mode Burst option F Calibration D A trim M Scaled D A trim M G Write Protect 7 11 write protect M Software seal R RW RW RW Burst mode enum RW Burst option enum 071210 5 01 06 00 01 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 A NOTE In this Users Manual HART protocol revision 5 and 7 are described as HART 5 and HART 7 respectively Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation HCF 8 1 HART Protocol Revision For the
207. is necessary after delivery contact your nearest Yokogawa sales office or the sales representative from which you purchased the product 3 6 Do not touch the conductive layer black area covering the signal cables A and B to the converter case terminal and other leadwires If it is touched operation of the converter may be incorrect When the cable is terminated remove the conductive layer properly IM 01 06 00 01 3 7 Wiring Cautions A NOTE Once all wiring is complete check the connections before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 1 Lay wiring as far as possible from electrical noise sources such as large capacity transformers motors and power supplies 2 Remove the terminal cover and dustproof plug of an electrical connection before wiring When you open the cover of explosion proof type turn the clamp to the right and unlock When you close a cover after wiring be sure to turn the clamp to the left and lock Flameproof THS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n ATEX 3 It recommends using an flexible metal conduit and a duct for waterproofing or external protection of an electric wire See Figure 3 9 or 3 10 4 The flameproof packing adapter optional code G11 or G12 should be used for the external wiring of TIIS Flameproof Refer to EX BO3E INSTALLATION AND OPER
208. is well sealed Bracket Cold insulating material F020501 EPS Figure 2 8 3 Installing High Process Temperature Vortex Flowmeter Installation of the flowmeter is the same as the standard type Cover the flowmeter body with heat insulating material following instruction of CAUTION A CAUTION Keep the upper limit of heat insulating material to prevent overheating of the terminal box Seal the Heat Insulator to avoid hot air leakage e UPPER LIMIT OF Heat Insulator UPPER LIMIT OF Heat Insulator LH B inis BA EA gt Nominal Size 100mm under Nominal Size 150mm over F020501a EPS 4 Maintenance for High Process Tempera ture Applications DY HT uses special materials that produce vortex flowmeter for High Process Temperature applications When you are replacing a shedder bar or a gasket specify High Process Temperature type IM 01FO6A00 01EN 2 6 Installing the Vortex Flow meter A WARNING The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument Please be careful to prevent persons from injuring whin it is handled Before installing the instrument verify the following The direction of flow should match to the arrow mark on the instrument body When changing the orientation of the terminal box refer to 10 1 Installation of Vortex
209. ision change 7 12 3 Setthe protocol revision number erede Db eR AEn dated 7 12 4 Applying the new protocol revision 7 12 5 Confirmation of the protocol revision number eeseeseseseeeereeeeeee eene nennen 71 3 ABA PA CHARTS Tree are cere t rotae eo Ea 713 2 IDEM CHART 5 Men aieo hr eta c tee tete ec eive ie id 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 2 2 nennen nnne nnns 8 1 8 1 HART Protocol 8 1 8 2 Matching of instrument digitalYEWFLO DD and HART Configuration Tool s DD 8 1 8 0 Setthe parameters using enter nena aL aeanoea aoada unter iE usano races 8 1 8 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool 8 2 8 5 IBASIG S tU o eec e 8 6 Parameter configuration 8 7 Data Renewing and Upload download function 8 8 tesedebecpeccesandecee eaaa scat paes osai 8 9 Software Write Protect 8 10 HART Specific Functions aps 8 10 1 Process Variable Setup 9 10 B rst MOde VEN E EE R OE 8 10 3 Event Noti
210. itial Disp U D oint value M00 MEMO Menu M Memo M10 MEMO 1 W 16 characters Memorandum 1 16 characters 3 M20 2 W 16 characters Memorandum 2 16 characters 3 M30 MEMO 3 W 16 characters Memorandum 3 16 characters 3 M60 SELF CHECK R GOOD R Self diagnostic message ERROR 3 The character and sign which can be set up are the same as C10 050311 5 5 8 01 06 00 01 5 4 Parameter Description 1 Item A Display These items are for the indication of flowrate and total A10 FLOW RATE Flow rate Flowrate is displayed by to span value A20 FLOW RATE Flow rate Engineering unit Flowrate is displayed by engineering unit A30 TOTAL Total value Total value of flowrate is displayed The following item should be done in case of which Option code MV is selected and analog output is Temperature A40 TEMP 6 Temperature value The measured temperature value is displayed by to span value of temperature The following item should be done in case of which Option code MV is selected A41 TTEMPERATURE Temperature value The measured temperature value is displayed by engineering unit 5 PARAMETER SETUP 2 Item B Easy Setting These items are for the Principal items to operate digitalYEWFLO A value in is the data corresponding to indicator B10 FLOW SPAN Flowrate span Set the required span with a numerical A
211. k that all screws bolts nuts and threaded connections have properly been tightened 3 Prohibition of specification changes and modifications Do not attempt to change specifications or make modifications involving addition of or changes in external wiring connections 7 Selection of Cable Entry De vices for Flameproof Type A IMPORTANT The cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type conforming to IEC Standards are certified in combination with the flameproof apparatus So Yokogawa specified cable entry devices for flameproof type shall be used to meet this demand References 1 Type Certificate Guide for Explosion Protected Construction Electrical Machinery and Equipment relating to Technical Standards Conforming to Interna tional Standards issued by the Technical Institution of Industrial Safety Japan 2 USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry 1994 issued by the Japanese Ministry of Labour the Research Institute of Industrial Safet REVISION RECORD REVISION RECORD Title Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Manual No O1FO6A00 01E Edition Date Page Revised Item 3rd Jun 2002 1 1 1 1 Change Figure1 1 b 2 2 2 2 Change the process temperature range and ambient temperature 2 3 2 2 Add Pressure Equipment Directive Change Figure 2 2 1 2 5 2 3 Change Table 2 3 1 Body
212. l mode Does high vabrations Eliminate vibration noise using pipe occurs in pipeline support Are pulsation produced Check the pipeline conditions referring 2 INSTALLATION F110103 EPS 11 3 IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 2 Flow Only for MV Start with this flow in case of MV If a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Yes Was a faulty area found with self diagnostic Refer to the error code list and check for recovery measures Are the power polarities Check the polarities Correct Are the load resistance and supply voltage within the tolerance limits No Adjust to within the tolerance limits Are the sensor connected correctly Check the sens r Are the parameters confiured correctly at Configure the parameters correctly operational conditions Go to 11 1 Flow F110201 EPS 11 4 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 1 Outline This vortex flowmeter measures liquid gas and steam flow rates and converts them to a 4 to 20mA DC output or pulse alarm status output signal Since the converter is mounted independently from the flowmeter it permits remote flow measurements of high temperature liquid steam etc B In
213. l start stop Viscosity Only fo MV dev rev Fluid Gas expansion fact Software rev Process density Flow adjust Hardware rev Process temp TLA Poll addr Base temp Signal level Burst mode Process pressure Noise balance mode Burst option Base pressure Noise ratio Num req preams Deviation High vib Low cut Span velocity Out limit H Span frequency Burn out F071207 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 13 2 DTM HART 5 Menu Tree Root Menu DTM Process variables Device status Diag and Service Easy setup Configuration Calibration Write Protect gt 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL E Configuration 071208 5 Process Variables PV A20 R PV 96 rng A10 R AO1 R Flow span B10 R PV damp B15 R Total A30 R MV Temp 41 R rnge 40 R MV Temp 0 B51 MV Temp 100 B52 R MV Temp damping F50 R B Device Status Process Variables PV A20 PV 96 rnge A10 96 rnge A41 40 Diagnostic List Device Status Status group Status group2 MV Status group3 Diag and Service Loop test M Loop test pulse status M Amplifier check M Tes
214. lass A product and it is designed for use in the industrial environment Please use this instrument in the industrial environment only Note2 Use the metal conduit for the remote cable IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Pressure Equipment Directive HIGH level Notified Body Identification Number 0038 LOW level 0to2V Module H OV F120203 EPS MODEL DN mm PS Mpa Figure 12 2 3 High and low level Pulse output 0 015 15 42 630 E DYO25 25 42 1050 Article Paragraph 3 DY040 40 42 1680 DY050 50 42 2100 DY080 80 42 3360 100 100 42 4200 DY150 150 42 6300 Hi DY200 200 42 8400 Hi DY250 250 42 10500 Hi DY300 300 42 12600 Hi PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flow tube DN Nominal size Refered to Table 6 coverd by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC DY015 and DY025 are not attached CE mark of PED because they do not under CE mark of PED T120203 EPS 85 100 ii 85 807 N lt 55 50 N 3 Ambient Temperature 50 0 90 50 100 200 250 300 Process Temperature With Indicator F120201 EPS Figure 12 2 1 Ambient Temperature limit Integral Type 600 E 10 5 S iz 0 0236 Communication applicable range 5 BRAIN and HART gt 8 250
215. lay Upper Select from Flow rate Engineering Unit or Temperature 8 Only for Flow Rate Lower Select from Total Rate or temperature F 9 Only for Total Rate Remote Type Flow Converter Select DYA Signal Cable Select DYC MV 10 T120405 EPS 1 When MV is chosen HT LT is not available 2 Measurement temperature is changed by the heat insulation method of piping and piping method Refer to 2 2 Piping about heat insulation P 2 3 In case of the Mass Flow measurement of saturated steam and superheat steam it is necessary to make a heat insulation 3 Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measurement using saturated steam table 4 MassFlow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using steam table In order to measure superheated steam it is necessary to make constant pressure value A pressure values which is indicated by order sheet is used 5 In order to measure gas Pressure Temperature correction is carried out It is necessary to make constant pressure value A pressure values at operational condition temperature and pressure value at standard condition which is indicated by order sheet is used 6 In order to measure mass flowrate of liquid application the density at normal condition is used and if fluid temperature deviates from normal temperature density values is calculated by 2 dimensional equation In this case temperature coefficient should b
216. le In addition check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring The functional grounding must be connected securely at the terminal with the mark to avoid danger to personnel 3 Operation Only expert engineer or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover 4 Maintenance Maintenance on the vortex flowmeter should be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual If necessary contact Yokogawa vii INTRODUCTION Care should be taken to prevent the build up of dirt dust or other substances on the display panel glass or data plate If these surfaces do get dirty wipe them clean with a soft dry cloth 5 Explosion Protected Type Instrument For explosion proof type instrument the de scription in Chapter 10 EXPLOSION PRO TECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT is prior to the other description in this user s manual Only trained persons use this instrument in the industrial location functional grounding must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system Take not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 6 European Pressure Equipment Directive PED When using the instrument as a PED compliant product be sure to
217. le 3 1 shows the connection sample of connection for power supply and load resistance The terminal position of each connection is shown in Figure 3 2 Integral type Remote type Input Terminal from 4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply in temperature sensor _ and Output Signal Terminals Input Terminals from 8 VUES detector Puise Pulse Output Terminal C Common Terminal Grounding Terminal 030301 5 Figure 3 2 3 2 IM 01 06 00 01 3 WIRING Table 3 1 connection example for simultaneous analog and pulse and alarm status output Connection Description Analog Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Distributor In this case Communication is possible up to a distance of 2km when a CEV cable is used Pulse Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three wire shielded cable Shielded Cable In this case Thi It No communication is IS supply voltage requires a power sourse with possible maximum output current of 4 no less than E R 25mA Electric counter digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three wire shielded cable Status Output Shielded Cable Alarm Output In this case No communication is possible Magnetic valve External Power supply 30V DC 120mA max Contact Rating AC power supply When analog and pulse output are used the length of com
218. load resistance of 250 Q between the connection and the receiving instrument To communicate it must be connected in parallel with the digital and the connections must be non polarized Figure 8 2 illustrates the wiring connections for a direct interface at the digitalYEWFLO site The HART Configura tion Tool can be used for remote access from any terminal strip as well Control room digitalYEWFLO 4 to 20 mA DC signal line Terminal board Relaying terminals Receiving instrument load resistance 250 0106000 HART HART Configuration Tool Configuration Tool Configuration Tool Fo80401 EPS Figure 8 2 Connecting the HART Communicator AS WARNING Be sure to set parameters as Protect on the write protect function after finish of parameter setting work Refer to 8 9 Software Write Protect how to use the write protect function in detail A IMPORTANT If the power of flowmeter is turned off within 30 seconds after parameters have been set these settings will be canceled Accordingly please keep the power on for at least 30 seconds after setting parameters A NOTE Before updating any setting remember to always check the data content you want to change as described in 5 4 Parameter Description 8 2 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 8 5 Basic Setup E Tag and Device Information The tag number and device information can be checked as fol
219. lows Procedure to call up the tag number and device information Tag Root Menu Basic setup Tag or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Tag or Root Menu Review Review1 Tag Long Tag Root Menu Basic setup Long Tag or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Long Tag or Root Menu Review gt Review1 Long Descriptor or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Descriptor or Root Menu Review Review1 Descriptor Message or Root Menu gt Detailed setup Device information Message or Root Menu Review Review1 Message Date or Root Menu gt gt Detailed setup Device information Date or Root Menu Review gt Review1 Date T080501 EPS When changing the tag number or device information enter the information directly within the following limitations Item Limitations Tag Up to 8 characters or numbers Long Tag Up to 32 characters or numbers HART 7 only Descriptor Up to 16 characters or numbers Message Up to 32 characters or numbers Date yyyy mm dd mm month 2 digits dd days 2 digits yy years 2 digits T080502 EPS 1 The characters bounded by the thick line in the following table can be used 2 All characters in the following table can be used 3 It depends on the HART
220. lt Amb Temp 20 up to 60 C lt lt Rating Maximum power supply vortage DC42V Output Voltage 30Vp p Maximum power supply vortage Current Signal DC4 20mA Output Current 100 Ap p DC42V Pulse Signal Current Signal DC4 20mA ON 2V 200mA Pulse Signal OFF 42V 4mA ON 2V 200mA OFF 42V 4mA Input Signal 30V p p 100pu A p p Resistance Temp Sensor Input Pt1000Q at 0 C Specified Current less than 1mA T130404 EPS n case that ambient temperature exceeds 50 degC use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70 degC or above 13 12 IM 01 06 00 01 13 6 SAA WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 13 6 1 Technical Data Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard AS 2380 1 1989 AS2380 7 1987 AS2380 9 1991 Certificate AUS Ex 2611X Type of Protection Ex ia T4 IP67 Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter Hazardous Area Class I Zone 0 Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30Vdc Maximum Input Current Ii 2165mAdc Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9W Internal Capacitance Ci 37nF Internal Inductance Li 0mH Ambient Temperature 20 to 60 C Type of Protection Ex T4 IP67 Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter Hazardous Area Class I Zone 2 Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30Vdc Ambient Temperature 20 C to 80 C Electrical Connect
221. lve V1 location to In case of the Reduced Bore type moisture may be remained upstream of the flowmeter Drain it appropriately Relocatin A 2 digitalYEWFLO Valve Off Pressure and Temperature Taps Pressure tap outlet install this tap between 2D and 7D on the downstream side of a flowmeter Temperature tap outlet install this on the downstream side 1D to 2D away from a pressure tap Pressure tap digitalYEWFLO Temperature tap Upstream downstream Mounting Gasket Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipe line This may cause inaccurate readings Use the gaskets with bolt holes even if digitalYEWFLO is the wafer type When using a spiral gasket without bolt holes confirm the size with the gasket manufacturer as standard items may not be used for certain flange ratings digitalYEWFLO Pipeline Flange Pipeline Heat Insulation When an integral type flowmeter or a remote type detector is installed and the pipe carrying higt temperature fluids is heat insulated do not wrap adiabatic materials around the installation bracket DYO15 to DY100 or the nozzle DY150 to DY300 Refer to 2 5 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation and install it rightly Nozzle Heat Insulator DY015 to DY100 DY150 to DY300 Flushing of the pipe line Flush and clean scale incrustation and sludge on the inside of p
222. m to faciliate the parameter settings 8 9 Software Write Protect digitalYEWFLO configured data is saved by using a write protect function The write protect status is set to Yes when 8 alphanumeric characters are entered in the New password field and transferred to the device When write protect is set to Yes the device does not accept parameter changes When the same eight alphanumeric string entered in the New password field is also entered in the Enable wrt 10min field and transferred to the digitalYEWFLO it will be possible to change device parameters during a 10 minute period 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 To change the digitalYEWFLO from the write protect Yes status back to Write protect No status use Enable wrt 10min to first release the write protect function and then enter eight spaces in the New password field 8 10HART Specific Functions 8 10 1 Process Variable Setup The device deals with four data flow rate temperature density and total flow rate In case of MV these four data are allocated to PV Primary Variable SV Secondary Variable TV Tertiary Variable and QV Quaternary Variable The variable of PV is 4 to 20mA current output Therefore the total flow rate do not allocate to PV Except MV each dynamic variables are fixed at factory setting Dynamic Choice items Factory Setting PV Flow rate Temperature Instantaneous Flowrate SV Flow rate
223. models with the output signal code J HART protocol revision 5 or 7 is selectable The protocol revision is set as specified in the order Confirmation by the name plate The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number In the case of the communication code J The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number aotaVEWwrLo E 75e 1 VORTEX FLOWMETER D 4 K 812 10 5 42 0038 YOKOGAWA Made in China N200 C Oo 5 HART 5 7 HART 7 digitalYGWFLO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER YOKOGAWA in ch N200 4 1 F080001 EPS Figure 8 1 Name Plate 8 2 Matching of instrument digitalYEWFLO DD and HART Configuration Tool s DD Before using the HART Configuration Tool such as FieldMate confirm that the DD Device Description of the digitalYEWFLO is installed in the Configuration Tool before using DY and DYA HART 7 Device type 0x370B Device revision 10 A IMPORTANT Protocol revision supported by HART configura tion tool must be the same or higher than that of the device Protocol Rev supported by HART configuration tool 5 7 DY or DYA HART 5 Available Available Available T080201 EPS DY or DYA HART 7 Not available The DD revisions for digitalYEWFLO and Configur
224. more for per reducer Li Reducer 5D or more lt 50 Expander pipe digitalYEWFLO Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 10D or more and Flow Q the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per n expander pipe 5 5D or more Bent pipe and straight pipe length 1 Single bent pipe digitalYEWFLO Flow 5 10D or more 5D or more gt digitalYEWFLO 10D or more 5D or more GE 2 Double bent pipe coplanar 2 lowe 22 Vv digitalYEWFLO Flow 3 Double bent pipe non coplanar 3 E 20D or more 5D or more U Valve position and straight pipe length digita VEWELO W Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowmeter Upstream Downstream Valve Flow The upstream straight pipe length dependent on the element SUE Refer to each element above for Straight located on the upstream such as reducer expander bent and straight pipe run D or more etc refer to description as above Keep 5D or more for T 2 gt downstream straight pipe length Flow Vale digitalYEWFLO W In case the valve has to be installed on the upstream of the flowmeter ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 20D or more and the downstream straight pipe length be 5D or more 200 5D or more
225. munication line is subjected to wiring conditions Refer to Simultaneous example 1 to 3 If the communication carries out from amplifier no need to consider wiring conditions Analog Shield Distributor or communication medium Shielded Cable For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation use two wire separately shielded cables Pulse Output 3 Example 1 In this case Communica tion is possible up to a distance of 2km when CEV cable Is used digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E R 10 5 to 30V DC Counting input 1 Common For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation Example 2 use two wire separately shielded In this case Communica cables tion is possible up to a This supply voltage requires a distance of 200m when a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than CEV cable is used and R Counting input E R 25mA 1kQ Common The supply voltage requires output impedance no more than 1 1000 of Electric counter load resistance digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal M 9 1 or communication medium Example 3 This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E R 25mA E 16 4 to 30V DC cation is possible when shielded cable is not used 9n In thi
226. n Diagram 5 4e er iri dette nne 13 14 13 6 6 Data Plate e eke 13 14 14 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT 2 2 0 14 1 INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT REVISION RECORD 01 06 00 01 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION The DY series of vortex flowmeters have been fine tuned to your order specifications prior to shipment Before use read this manual thoroughly and familiarize yourself fully with the features operations and handling of digitalYEWFLO to have the instrument deliver its full capabilities and to ensure its efficient and correct use Notices Regarding This Manual This manual should be passed to the end user contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without the written permission of Yokogawa Electric Corporation hereinafter simply referred to as Yokogawa This manual neither does warrant the marketability of this instrument nor it does warrant that the instrument will suit a particular purpose of the user Every effort has been made to ensure accuracy in the contents of this manual However should any questions arise or errors come to your attention
227. n for each of wires A B and T and twist the strands of each wire Twist the inner and outer drain wires together LI B White LLS5 5 0 2 5 0 2 Drain wires e T Yellow K Red Slide FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene tubing over the twisted inner and outer drain wires C until the tubing cannot be slid any further and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm 0 2 in of the stranded drain wires exposed Yellow Red White Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so that the tubing covers the braided shield and overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose wires A B C and T C Heat Shrinkable Tubing T Red White Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over each of wires A B C andT Install a crimp on ug Z Heat Shrinkable Tubing terminal lug at the tip of each wire Crimp and solder each lug Crimp and Solder Here Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer Heat Shrinkable Tubing Attach an identification label to the end of the cable Ay NOTE Check that the insulation resistance between each wire including the inner shield is 10MQ or greater at 500V DC Ensure that both ends of the wires are disconnected open circuited during the check
228. n the specified maximum working pressure d Do not loosen or tighten the flange mounting bolts when the assembly is pressurized e Handle the vortex flowmeter carefully when measuring dangerous liquids so that the liquids do not splash into eyes or on face When using dangerous gases be careful not to inhale them 2 2 Piping See Table 2 1 about Valve Position and Straight Pipe Length and so on IM 01F06A00 01EN 2 INSTALLATION Piping support Adjacent pipes Typical vibration immunity level is 1G for normal piping The process pipline inner diameter should be larger than condition Piping support should be fixed in case of over 1G the digital YEWFLO inner diameter vibration level Use the following adjacent pipe Model Code DYO15 up to DY050 Sch 40 or less lnstallation direction DY025 R1 up to DY080 R1 DY040 R2 up to DY100 R2 Model Code DYO080 up to DY300 Sch 80 or less DY100 R1 up to DY200 R1 DY150 R2 up to DY200 R2 If a pipe is always filled with liquids the pipe can be installed vertically or at inclined angle Straight pipe length D piping diameter K factor may be influenced about 0 596 in case that straight Table 2 1 Installation pipe length of upstream is less than values below Description Figure Reducer pipe E digitalYEWFLO Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more and the Q downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or
229. nd press twice K50 SOFTWARE REV Software revision The software revision can be indicated IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 PARAMETER SETUP 5 5 Error Code Lists When an ERROR is displayed by SELF CHECK in item A60 B60 C60 D60 E60 or H60 J60 K60 M60 press function key F2 DIAG and the error contents are displayed The error contents are listed below ERROR Code List Table 5 1 S U9IUM esto euop pinoys esau 1ndjno 430 MOT MS MOTH NO MOT MS S 028 U9IUM Jo eseo euop PINOYS suo uoo eseu snes lt IaadvosNn 3s nd 97105 S 028 U9IuM eseo euop eq 5 su puos indino esingd 2 1011 YUM uoneno e 2 ul 5931090901 AH LINO peseq sS 01 La 1011 M 91ON s onsouDip ASZ ASZ Jes pue 5 10 0 1 10 01 eoejdeH
230. nfirm that the new HART revision number is displayed Procedure to call up the Universal rev parameter DD HART 5 7 DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Revision numbers gt Universal rev gt Root Menu gt Configuration gt HART Universal rev gt DTM HART 5 HART protocol revision 5 HART protocol revision 7 T081018 EPS 8 10 7 Other operations for the HART Configuration Tool Regarding other operations for the HART Configuration Tool refer to the HART Configuration Tool operations manual 8 13 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 11 Menu Tree 7 m DD Root Menu DD Device Setup Flow rate Loop Current Flow span m DTM Process variables Diag Service Basic setup Detailed setup Review L C DD D m E Root Menu DTM e Device Configuration Configure Setup e Diagnostic Device Diagnostics Diag Service Self test Status e Diagnostic Device Diagnostics Diag Service Device diagnosis e Process Variable e Basic setup e Detailed setup e Review e Diag Service e Process variables L C DTM gt D gt E gt B Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type
231. nge Burst Device loop current PV SV TV and Rising Variable Falling On change Self diagnosis information Cmd48 Read Continuous Additional Device Status On change All status 1 Output the data with time and status 2 Select at Burst Device Variables 8 4 T081002 EPS IM 01FO6A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 8 10 2 2 Burst mode setting procedure Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 DTM HART 7 Burst Command Root Menu gt Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message 1 2 or 3 gt Burst transmition setup T081003 EPS Setup of Burst Command Cmd1 Cmd2 Cmd3 Cmd48 Burst Command Method Set Burst Period Setup of Update Period Max Update Period EL c Method Set Burst Trigger Setup of Burst Trigger Mode Continuous On change Window Rising Falling Setup of Burst Trigger Level Setup of Burst Mode 8 5 a Burst command b Burst Variable code c Update period and Max Update Period by Set Burst Piriod d Burst Msg Trigger Mode by Set Burst Trigger e Burst Mode F081001 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN a Burst Command Select the transmission data at Burst Command param
232. nnections shall be attached All non live metal parts such as the enclosure shall be securely grounded For details see the USER S GUIDE LINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 1 Cable Wiring For cable wiring cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type specified or supplied with the apparatus shall be directly attached to the wiring connections to complete sealing of the apparatus Screws that connect cable glands to the apparatus are those for G type parallel pipe threads JIS B 0202 with no sealing property To protect the apparatus from corrosive gases or moisture apply nonhardening sealant such as liquid gaskets to those threads for waterproofing Specific cables shall be used as recommended by the USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 n necessary appropriate protective pipes conduit or flexible pipes ducts or trays shall be used for preventing the cable run outside the cable glands from damage To prevent explosive atmosphere from being propagated form Zone 1 or 2 hazardous location to any different location or non hazardous location through the protective pipe or duct apply sealing of the protective pipes in the vicinity of individual boundaries or fill the ducts with sand appropriately When branch connections of cables is made a flame pro
233. ns DY nominal size Applicable for option code FF1 FS1 KF2 KS1 KN2 and SF2 Not applicable for option code P1 P2 P7 X1 X2 HT LT SB JF3 CF1 CS1 CF11 CS11 SS1 The materials of exterior parts name plate screw bolts on the stainless steel housing and bracket u bolt nuts for DYA E1 and tag plate for E1 SCT are JIS SUS316 SUS316L Note 10 NACE Material NC can not combine with ASME welding documents submission WP Table 12 4 1 Paint Color and Codes Munsell Renotation Code T120402 EPS 85 N1 5 Black Operating range 7 5BG4 1 5 Jade green 60 Table 12 4 2 Test Pressure Value 29 Metallic silver T120403 EPS Ambient temperature JIS 10 K 2 1 MPa Fluid temperature ears JIS 20 K 5 0 MPa Figure 12 4 1 Fluid temperature range of high process JIS 40 K 10 0 MPa temperature version ANSI Class 150 2 9 MPa 5 L ANSI Class 300 7 5 MPa 5 E Operating range ANSI Class 600 14 9 MPa 8 29 22 4 4 4 2 ANSI Class 900 22 4 MPa 5 50 f DIN PN 10 1 5 MPa 5 DIN PN 16 2 4 MPa i i i 25 3 8 196 100 29 0 100 DIN PN 40 5 9 MPa Fluid temperature C 6 Figure 12 4 2 Fluid temperature range of cryogenic version T120404 EPS 12 9 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12 4 2 Option Multi Variable Build
234. nt is approved Procedure to call up the display DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt Event Notification Knowledge gt Acknowledge Acquisition of the event number and Event approval Notification 081011 5 a Get Event Number Confirm the latest event number Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set 0 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Number b Acknowledge Event Notification Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set the event number which is confirmed in a 5 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 1 Send Acknowledge to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Status is 0x00 IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 10 3 3 Event Notification Record DTM Procedure to call up the display DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs HART output gt Event Notification gt Knowledge gt Acknowledge Acquisition of the event number and Event approval Notification 081012 5 a Get Event Number Confirm the latest event number Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set 0 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Number b Confirmation record of Event Notification Confi
235. oL 1 Do xg ot Receiver o pee x Oa Remote type DY N flowmeter DY converter L io Power SUPPLY Supply 01 B oH To D oc lo ot Lo Signal 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type _ installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Non incendive field wire parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Ui Vmax 30 Imax 2165mA Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Pi Pmax 0 9W Installation requirement between flowmeter converter and general purpose equirement UosUi losli 2 Lo Li Lcable Vmax Isc Imax Ci Ccable La Li Lcable Uo lo Po Co Voc Isc Ca and La are nonincendive field wire parameters of general purpose equipment F130401_2 EPS WARNING general purpose equipment must be CSA certified as the equipment which have type n or non incendive field wire parameters Installation should be in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code Part I Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class and environments Do not alter drawing without authorization from CSA 13 11 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 13 4 6 Dual Seal Option CF11 CS11 Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA
236. of equipment combined with the types of protection AM onan nem e o i and d as well as flameproof equipment 3 Terminology 1 Enclosure An outer shell of an electrical apparatus which encloses live parts and thus is needed to configure explosion protected construction 2 Shroud A component part which is so designed that the fastening of joint surfaces cannot be loosened unless a special tool is used 3 Enclosure internal volume This is indicated by the total internal volume of the flameproof enclosure minus the volume of the internal components essential to equipment functions 4 Path length of joint surface On a joint surface the length of the shortest path through which flame flows from the inside to outside of the flame proof enclosure This definition cannot be applied to threaded joints 5 Gaps between joint surfaces The physical distance between two mating surfaces or differences in diameters if the mating surfaces are cylindrical Note The permissible sizes of gaps between joint surfaces the path length of a joint surface and the number of joint threads are determined by such factors as the enclosure s internal volume joint and mating surface construction and the explosion classification of the specified gases and vapours INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 4 Installation of Flameproof Ap paratus 1 Installation Area
237. of or increased safety connection box shall be used In this case flameproof or increased safety cable glands meeting the type of connection box must be used for cable connections to the box EX BOSE INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 6 Maintenance of Flameproof Apparatus To maintain the flameproof apparatus do the following For details see Chapter 10 MAINTENANCE OF EXPLOSION PROTECTED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION in the USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry 1 Maintenance servicing with the power on Flameproof apparatus shall not be maintenance serviced with its power turned on However in cases where maintenance servicing is to be conducted with the power turned on with the equipment cover removed always use a gas detector to check that there is no explosive gas in that location If it cannot be checked whether an explosive gas is present or not maintenance servicing shall be limited to the following two items a Visual inspection Visually inspect the flameproof apparatus metal conduits and cables for damage or corrosion and other mechanical and structural defects b Zero and span adjustments These adjustments should be made only to the extent that they can be conducted from the outside without opening the equipment cover In doing this great care must be taken not to cause mechanical sparks with tools 2 Repa
238. on formula 120502 5 When the flow velocity is lower than minimum both the analog output and the pulse output is displayed as zero 0 Liquid Gas Steam Steam General General High High Type Type Model Cryogenic Process Cryogenic Process Code Type Temperature Type Temperature unit m s Version unit m s version Note unit m s Note unit m s DY015 DYO25 R1 DY040 R2 A 250 p A 80 por3 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 4122 5 p A 490 4 45 p or 2 Al 125 por2 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 A 90 p 4302 5 p 4 31 3 or 2 4 90 3 p or 2 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 90 p 4 160 p 31 3 or 2 61 3 or 2 DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 90 p 4 160 p 431 3 por2 61 3 or 2 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 4 160 p 431 3 por2 N 61 3 or 2 DY150 DY200 R1 4 4 160 p 431 3 p or 3 61 3 p or 3 DY200 N122 5 p 4202 5 p 45 por3 4 80 por3 DY250 N 160 p 4 360 p 61 3 or 3 125 3 DY300 N 160 p 4 360 p 61 3 or 3 125 3 T120501 EPS 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION E Range of fixed accuracy flow velocity Table 12 5 3 Range of fixed accuracy flow velocity Fluid Liquid Model Code DY015 up to DY100 DY025 1 up to DY150 1 DY040 R2 up to DY200 R2 Minimum flow velocity flow velocity obtained from Table 12 5 1 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000
239. on Code MV 2 Item B Easy Setting These items are for the principal items to operate digitalYEWFLO A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator SCALED PULSE UNSCALED PULSE FREQUENCY ALARM FLOW SW LOW ON FLOW SW LOW OFF 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Item Name R W Data Range Unit SE Remark 800 EASY SETUP 810 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 0105 Flow Span B15 DAMPING W 0to 99 sec 0 Damping Time B20 CONTACT OUT W OFF Contact Output Type Indicate and Set only for B20 SCALED PULSE UNSCALED PULSE B21 PULSE RATE W 0 00001 to 32000 FU P Oto5 Pulse Output Rate Indicate and Set only for B20 FREQUENCY B22 FREQ AT 100 W 0 to 10000 PPS 0 Pulse Output Rate at sec 100 Indicate and Set only for B20 FLOW SW ON FLOW SW OFF 23 SET LEVEL W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 0105 Flow Switch Actual Flow rate B30 UPPER DISP W FLOW RATE 0 Selection of Upper Display FLOW RATE 1 TEMP 1 831 LOWER DISP W BLANK 0 Selection of Lower Display TOTAL 1 TEMP 1 B40 TOTAL START W STOP 0 Start Stop of Totalizer START 1 B45 TOTAL RATE W 0 00001 to 32000 0 FU P Oto5 Total Rate B47 TOTAL RESET W NOT EXECUTE 0 Totalizer Reset EXECUTE 1 Indicate and Set only for Option code MV B50 A OUT SELECT W FLOW 0 Selection of Analog Output TEM
240. on for the BRAIN Terminal BT200 Function key The functions of the function keys vary with the commands being displayed on the display panel Table 6 1 Command Description ADJ Calls up the adjustment menu CAPS caps Changes the uppercase lowercase mode CLR Clears entered data deletes all data COPY Prints parameters on the screen DATA Updates parameter data DEL Deletes one character DIAG Calls up the self check screen ESC Returns to the preceding screen FEED Paper feed HOME Calls up the home menu A DISPLAY LIST Prints all parameters of the menus NO Setting stop re setting Returns to the previous screen OK Goes to the next screen PARM Parameter number setting mode PON POFF Printer output of data whose setting was changed Mode on off PRNT Changes to the prints mode SET Calls up the setting menu B SETTING SLOT Returns to the slot selection screen GO Starts print out STOP Stops printing UTIL Transfers to the utility screen command is available only for BT 200 P00 T060201 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 Operation for the BRAIN Terminal BT200 6 3 Setting Parameters This section describes the setting method using a BRAIN Terminal BT200 For details on the method refer to 5 3 Parameter List 1 Setting Flow Span Example Change flow span 100m h to 150m h MENU Enter menu item and p
241. oop test Method Root Menu Diag Service Loop test 8 10 5 2 Device Variable Simulation Function Effective only when setting to HART 7 Using the simulation function the output signal can be confirmed by setting any value and status to the selected device variable Call up the parameter Method and follow the message shown After completing the step 5 in the next table the simulation starts Procedure of device variable simulation step 1 Call up the Root Menu Diag Service gt parameter Simulate M 2 Selection of Select one parameter from the list below Device Variable Off Flow rate Total Temperature Density Percent range Loop Current Setting of Value Input the simulate value Setting of Data Select one parameter from the list below quality Bad Poor accuracy Manual Fixed Good 5 Setting of Limit Select one parameter from the list below status Not limited Low limited High limited Constant T081016 EPS A NOTE The simulations act on current LCD display communication and alarm The simulation of total flow rate acts on LCD display and communication not on measuring total flow rate The measuring total flow rate is continuosly working during simulation 8 9 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN Flow rate computing Calc vortex freq Damping vortex freq
242. or 1 0 D L 224 STD NOR UNIT W Nm3 0 Selection of volumetric unit at normal condition 0 D L k Nm3 1 N Normal MNm3 2 S Standard NI 3 Sm3 4 k Sm3 5 M Sm3 6 SI 7 scf 8 k scf 9 M scf 10 Indicate and set only for F10 Liquid Mass 226 DENSITY UNIT W kg m3 0 Selection of density unit 0 D L Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 F27 DENSITY b W 0 00001 to 32000 F26 0105 Density of standard condition 1024 D F28 TEMP UNIT W degC 0 Selection of temperature unit 0 D L deg F 1 F29 TEMP b Ww 992 9 to 999 9 28 1 Temperature of standard condition 15 0 D L F30 1st coef W 32000 to 32000 1 28 0105 1st temperature coefficient 0 D L F31 2nd coef W 32000 to 32000 1 2282 0105 2nd temperature coefficient 0 D L F32 MASS UNIT W 0 Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 F35 TIME UNIT s 0 Selection of time unit 1 D L m 1 2 d 3 40 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU 35 0105 Flow span 05 245 DAMPING W 01099 sec 0 Damping 4 F50 TEMP DAMPING W 0 to 99 sec 0 Damping for temperture output 4 52 CABLE LENGTH W 0to 30 m 0 Cable length for signal cable in case of integral version D L 255 A OUT SELECT W FLOW 0 Selection of analog output 0 D L TEMP 1 Indicate and set only for F55 TEMP F56 TEMP 0 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Temperture value at 0 40 D 257 100 999 9
243. ove to Chapter 3 4 4 5 Revision Move to Chapter 3 5 1 24 Revision Move to Chapter 4 6 1 17 Revision Move to Chapter 5 7 1 4 Change Chapter name MAINTENANCE to OPERATION 9 1 11 Revision Move to Chapter 10 10 1 Move to Chapter 11 8 5 6 8 3 moves to Chapter 7 8 7 8 8 4 moves to Chapter 7 IM 01 06 00 01 REVISION RECORD Edition Date Revised Item 6th Jan 2005 5 6 Correction 5 8 Added a parameter 5 16 Added a parameter explanation and corrections 9 5 Revision MS code 9 8 Revision Option Specification 9 13 Revision 9 18 25 Revision 10 7 Revision 10 8 Revision 10 9 Revision 7th July 2005 2 5 Added a CAUTION about heat insulating material installation 7 8 Revised the formura 7 14 3 9 3 Changed the EMC Conformity Standards No 9 6 Deleted DIN64 and DIN100 Suffix Code BD5 and BD6 10 1 13 Added Applicable Standard No and Certificate No to each Approval body 8th Nov 2005 2 7 Revision Vertical Installation 3 5 Revision 7 4 21 25 Revision 4 24 Revision lt K36 gt 5 15 H27 Revision 5 16 J10 J20 Revision 8 2 Revision 9 5 Revision of specification 9 6 Revision of specification 9 7 Revision of specification 9 8 Revision of specification 9 10 Table 9 4 3 Revision 9 11 Revision of specification 9 12 Revision of specification 9 14 Table 9 5 1 Revision 9 19 Tables Revision 9 20 Tables Revision 9 22 Tables Revision 9 23 Tables Revi
244. pe Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 80 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Standards SAA intrinsically Safe Approval Note 2 Association SAA Type n Approval of Australia SAA Applicable Standard AS 2380 1 AS2380 7 AS2380 9 of Protection Ex ia T4 IP67 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30Vdc Maximum Input Current li 165mAdc Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9W Internal Capacitance Ci 37nF Internal Inductance Li OmH Ambient Temperature 20 to 60 C of Protection Ex n T4 IP67 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Hazardous Area Class I Zone 2 Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30Vdc Ambient Temperature 20 to 80 C Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female T120408 1 EPS Note 1 The flameproof packing adapter G11 G12 is necessary except the electrical conduit work In case the ambient temperature exceeds 50deg C use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70deg C or above Note 2 For intrinsically safe approval use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories BARD 400 is not applicable Note 3 ATEX Flameproof Approval KF2 ATEX Type n
245. peration procedures using a BRAIN Terminal BT200 For details on the functions of the digital YEWFLO refer to 5 3 Parameter List And also see the Model BT200 BRAIN TERMINAL Instruction Manual IM 1 11 01 for more detailed Information 6 1 Connection Method for the BT200 1 Connecting the BT200 to a 4 to 20mA DC Transfer Line The communication signal of the digitalYEWFLO is superimposed onto the 4 to 20mA DC analog signal to be transferred digitalYEWFLO 4 to 20mA DC Signal transmission Control room Receiving 4 instrument z load resistance 250 to 6000 BT200 BT200 BT200 BT200 F060101 EPS Figure 6 1 Communicating for a 4 to 20mA DC Signal Line A IMPORTANT The communicable distance of the transmission line is restricted depending on the wiring method Refer to 3 WIRING A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released 6 1 2 Connecting BT200 to Flow Converter Removing a cover and indicator the terminals for brain communication are provided on the circuit board Connect BT200 to the terminal of HHT COM on the circuit board Display Indicator Mounting Screw 2 PCS Circuit board BT200 F060102 EPS Figure 6 2 Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter IM
246. perheat steam F14 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select pressure unit from MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F15 PRESS f Pressure value Set absolute pressure values at operating condition F16 MASS UNIT Mass flow unit Select mass flow unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 The following items should be done in case of which F10 is GAS STD Normal F18 TEMP UNIT Temperature unit Select temperature unit from deg C 0 deg F 1 F19 TEMP b Temperature b Set temperature value at normal standard condition IM 01F06A00 01EN F20 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select pressure unit from MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F21 PRESS f Pressure value f Set absolute pressure values at operating condition F22 PRESS b Pressure value b Set absolute pressure values at normal standard Condition F23 DAVIATION Daviation factor Set the daviation factor F24 STD NOR UNIT Standard Normal unit Select Volumetric unit at standard normal condition From Nm3 0 k Nm3 1 Nm3 2 NI 3 Sm3 4 k Sm3 5 Sm3 6 51 7 scf 8 k scf 9 scf 10 N Normal S Standard The following item should be done in case of which F10 is LIQUID MASS F26 DENSITY UNIT Density unit Select density unit from kg m3 0 Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 F27 DENSITY b Density b Set density value at standard condition F28 TEMP UNIT Temperature unit Select temperature uni
247. priate display A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released 4 3 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES IM 01 06 00 01 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 4 3 1 Change the Display Mode from Display to Engineering Unit The display mode can be changed referring 5 3 parameter list Indication of Indicate 01 of display engineering unit referring 5 3 parameter list Enter the setting Ensure the setting mode 1 data a e arcum mo SIFT Enter the parameter Indicate 30 Return to display referring 5 3 mode parameter list Enter the data A IMPORTANT input item After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Press INC key F040302 EPS 4 4 IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 4 3 2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Lower Display The display mode can be changed referring 5 3 parameter list Indication of Indicate 01 of engineering unit lower the display display item referring 5 3 Lower display is parameter list Blank Enter to the setting mode
248. re details regarding usage of the write protect function and the software s parameter switches refer to 7 9 Software Write Protect HART 5 or 8 9 Software Write Protect HART 7 Table 9 3 Setting pin for Write Protect CPU error burnout direction 4 N Enable o Y Pin position Protect Y T090102 EPS 9 1 8 Power Failure When a power failure occurs the totalized value will be protected by EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM But during a power failure the vortex flowmeter stops and also the totalizing will stop After a power is recovered the vortex flowmeter and the totalizing start to work automatically EEPROM doesn t need a battery for backup 9 OPERATION 9 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode digitalYEWFLO does not need the initial adjustment because digitalYEWFLO is always adjusted by itself automatically These adjustments should be done in case that indicator reads over zero at zero flow 9 2 1 Low Cut Adjustment Adjust to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate or low frequency range The settable range for low cut flowrate is to half of mini mum flowrate 9 2 2 Zero Tuning This adjustment should be done according to a flow figure shown below Is it zero flow Stop flow to be zero Set TUNING AT ZERO of K25 N B MODE Wait more than 30 seconds Ensure the complete of the tuning function
249. read Chapter 11 before use not open the cover wet weather or high humidity If the cover is opened provided protection with the enclosure is not warrantable IM 01 06 00 01 Documentation This procedure is only applicable to the countries European Union All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilg ngelige pa engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De nske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter p eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den n rmeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler Q gt Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in contatto con l ufficio Yokogawa pi vicino con un rappresentante lt gt Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano D Alle handleidingen voor producten die
250. reases under the flow set value a status signal is output Status signal output mode can reverse ON OFF Analog Output Function Analog output is selected from flowrate temperature value when option code MV is selected Data Security During Power Failure Data parameter totalizer value etc storage by EEPROM No back up battery required Correction Instrument Error Correction Vortex flowmeter instrument errors can be corrected by segment approximations Reynolds Number Correction Output error at Reynolds number 20000 or less is corrected by using five break point line segment approximation Gas Expansion Correction When measuring a compressibility gas and steam this expansion factor is useful to correct the error at high velocity of flow 35m S or more Down scale or Up scale burn out In case a CPU or EEPROM failure occurs flow meter output the signal of Up scale 21 6 mA or more Up scale or Down scale 3 6 mA or less is user selectable through the fail mode alarm jumper Indicator Flow rate 96 or engineering units or temperature value and totalizer can be indicated simultaneously Short message for self diagnostics indicates Local parameter setting can be operated by key switches In mounting direction the right and left 90 is rotatable EMC Conformity Standards EN61326 1 Class A Table 2 For use in industrial locations EN61326 2 3 EN55011 Class A Group 1 Note1 This instrument is a C
251. rent No No No No No Simulation Output value PV Instaneous flow rate PV Process temperature Setting value PV Range Loop Current PV Range Loop Current Yes Yes lt Case B 1 2 3 gt lt Case B 1 2 3 gt Flow rate No No lt CaseB 4 gt CaseB 4 Not available Not available No No Case B 1 2 3 Case B 1 2 3 Total flow rate E No RM BE Sates lt Case 4 gt lt Case 4 gt Not available Not available lt Case B 1 4 gt lt Case B 1 4 gt lt Case B 1 2 3 gt lt Case B 1 2 3 gt Process C RERUMS C WORRIES temperature Case B 2 3 Case B 2 3 Case B 4 gt Case B 4 gt Yes Yes Not available Not available Process density Case B 1 3 4 Case B 1 3 4 Case B 1 2 3 Case B 1 2 3 Loop Current Case B 2 gt Case B 2 gt Case B 4 gt Case B 4 gt Yes Yes Not available Not available Yes Yes Case B 1 2 3 Case B 1 2 3 PV Range E Yes TREE Yes lt Case B 4 gt lt Case B 4 gt Not available Not available No Yes lt Case B 1 2 3 gt lt Case B 1 2 3 gt lt Case B 4 gt Not available lt Case B 4 gt Not available 8 11 T081015 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 8 10 5 3 Squawk Effective only when setting to HART 7 This feature can be used to identify the communicating transmitter by remotely causing LCD to display the particular pattern as
252. rent mode RW Loop current mode enum Num req preams R To be continued to next page D1 Loop current mode enum Disabled Enabled Burst device variables enum Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst mode enum Off Wired HART Enabled Update period enum 0 55 15 25 45 85 165 32s 1 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 45 min 60 min Num resp preams RW Burst condition 8 18 Burst message 1 Burst mode Burst mode enum Burst command Burst device variables RW RW Burst command enum RW Burst device variables enum Set Burst Trigger Burst trigger mode Set Burst Period Burst trigger level Update period Update period enum Burst message 2 ditto Burst message 3 ditto Burst command enum 1 PV 2 range current 3 Dyn vars current 9 Device vars w status 33 Device variables 48 Read Additional Device Status Max update period M M R Update period enum F081105 1 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only CR Continuous
253. requency K34 Span frequency K36 CR MV Density K38 CR Error record K40 Err record reset M Er record status 1 CR Er record status 1 enum Er record status 2 CR Er record status 2 enum MV Er record status 3 CR Status group 3 enum High vibration K45 RW Method Amplifier check Set vortex frequency K28 RW Menu type number RW Menu type R Adjust User adjust H20 RW To be continued to next page D3 Er record status 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Method Reynolds adjust H25 Not active Active Process density Viscosity End Gas expansion fact H30 Not active RW Active RW Method Er record status 2 enum Flow adjust H40 Not active Active Set point 1 data 8 20 Set point 2 data Set point 3 data Set point 4 data Set point 5 data End F081105 3 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type D3 Device information Manufacturer R Tag RW Long tag RW Descriptor RW Message RW
254. ress SET The data setting can be A DISPLAY li key B10 FLOW SPAN completed PEASE Move the inverse video bar 150 00 m3 h to B EASY SETUP If data setting is missing E METER SETUP press F3 key and reset the H ADJUST data HOME SET ADJ ESC FEED NO OK PARAM Move the inverse video bar PARAM Setting is completed B10 FLOW SPAN to B10 FLOW SPAN B10 FLOW SPAN The screen returns to the m3 h m3 h preceding screen when the F4 ESC key is pressed B20 CONTACT OUT B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE SCALED PULSE DATA DIAG PRNT ESC DATA DIAG PRNT ESC F060301 EPS ENTER SET The data setup screen is A IMPORTANT B10 FLOW SPAN displayed 100 m3 h If the security screen is 0 displayed enter the security After setting a parameter keep the power on for at code least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter DEL CLR ESC setting is released SET Enter 150 using the B10 FLOW SPAN alphanumeric keys 100 00 m3 h 150 DEL CLR ESC SET Pressing the enter key B10 FLOW SPAN inverse video bar is flashed uu a i print off F2 printer on FEED POFF NO ENTER 6 3 IM 01F06A00 01EN 2 Change the Pulse Output to Alarm Output MENU A DISPLAY B EASY SETUP C BASIC SETUP D AUX SETUP E METER SETUP H ADJUST HOME SET ADJ ESC
255. rientation ccccesesseeeeeeeeeeseneenseeeseeeesneesenseeneeaseesseeeaseeeseneeseeenseeeeeeeaee 10 2 10 2 Indicator Removal and 10 3 10 3 Amplifier Unit Removal 10 3 10 4 Amplifier Unit Assembling eeeeeeeee nnne nnne nennen eduin an ainaani nan Eriadan nsari 10 3 10 5 Vortex Shedder Removal sc cececeestecescectetscuesencewecceudecentedeccessneetocpedeceevoedendedssaetecuecaeeeeetecdesuee 10 4 10 6 G P 10 6 TROUBLESHOOTING gem 11 1 AVA 11 1 11 2 Flow Only e a 11 4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 22 2 niinen neonne mrt Rene Rae cr ee panim Cu 12 1 MQ Mel UD peer 12 1 12 2 Standard Specifications 1 1 1 eeeeee nennen nennt n nn nn natns natn nitri sans senes nnns snnt 12 2 12 3 Model and Suffix Codes ceci cien iusername 12 5 12 4 Option Specifications
256. rm four events checked in a 1 Set the event number which is confirmed in a 5 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Knowledge menu displays events record Ex When the confirmed event number is 123 Event Number Explanation 123 The latest event 122 An event before the once 121 An event before the twice 120 An event before three times 081013 5 8 10 4 Multidrop Mode Multidroping devices refer to the connection of several devices to a single communication transmission line Up to 63 devices can be connected when set in the multidrop mode To activate multidrop communication the device address must be changed to a number from 1 to 63 If it sets to multidrop mode in order to transmit all the data in digital one it is necessary to change a setup of the analog signal output of four to 20 mA Setting of Multidrop Mode 1 Polling address Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Configure outputs gt HART output gt Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 63 T081014 EPS 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 2 Enabling the Multidrop Mode About the procedure to call up the Polling display refer to the User s Manual of each configuration tool Usually set Disable to Loop current mode and fix an analog output signal to 4m
257. rotect function in detail A IMPORTANT If the power of flowmeter is turned off within 30 seconds after parameters have been set these settings will be canceled Accordingly please keep the power on for at least 30 seconds after setting param eters A NOTE Before updating any setting remember to always check the data content you want to change as described in 5 4 Parameter Description 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL 7 5 Basic Setup E Tag and Device Information The tag number and device information can be checked as follows location for the tag number and device information Item Precedure Root Menu Basic setup Descriptor Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Descriptor Message Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Message Date Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Date T070401 EPS When changing the tag number or device information enter the information directly within the following limitations Item Number and characters 16 1 Descripter 4 i Message 32 Date 2 2 2 mm dd yy mm month dd day e yy year 070402 5 1 All characters in the following table be used SPACE S Vl amp 7 0 1 314 61718191
258. roup 2 enum record status CR Status group enum High vibration K45 RW Method 7 Amplifier check Set vortex frequency K28 RW End Menu type number RW Menu type R Adjust User adjust H20 RW Method Reynolds adjust active ive Process density Viscosity End Gas expansion fact H30 Not active RW Active RW Flow adjust active ive Set point 1 data Set point 2 data Set point 3 data Set point 4 data Set point 5 data End To be continued to next page D2 Er record status 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault F071205 EPS 7 8 IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write Device revision 4 0 or later M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Thermometer Type D2 Device information Manufacturer R Tag RW Descriptor RW Message RW Date RW Write protect R Revision numbers Universal rev R Fid dev rev R Software rev R Hardware rev R
259. rx 0 vr 3 or AP 155 x pt x D4 4 Example DY040 R1 hot water 50 deg C flowrate 10 m h 1 Since the density of water at 50 deg C is 992 kg cm substitute this value in equation 4 AP 155 x 992 x 10 25 74 35 3 kPa 12 19 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 Obtain by using equation 3 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 10 m3 h is given by v 354 x Qr x D 354 x 10 x 25 7 5 4 m s Therefore substitute this value in equation 3 AP 124 x 105 x 992 x 5 4 35 3 kPa Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type Option code R2 obtained from the following equations AP 138 105 v 5 or AP 173 x pr Q 6 D4 Example DY050 R2 hot water 50 deg C flowrate 15 m h 1 Since the density of water at 50 deg C is 992 kg cm substitute this value in equation 6 AP 173 x 992 x 15 25 74 88 5 kPa 2 Obtain by using equation 5 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 20m h is given by 354x15 2 v 354xQt D 25 7 8 0 m s Therefore substitute this value in equation 5 AP 138 x 105 x 992 x 8 0 88 5 kPa E Cavitation Minimum Back Pressure Liquid service only Cavitation occurs when the flow line pressure is low and flow velocity is high during fluid measurement preventing correct measurement of flow rate The optimum line pressure can be obtained from the following equation P 2 7 AP 1 3 PO
260. s For electrical wiring and maintenance servicing please refer to Internal Wiring Rules in the Electrical Installation Technical Standards as well as USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 To meet flameproof requirements equipment that can be termed flameproof must 1 Be certified by a Japanese public authority in accordance with the Labour Safety and Health Laws of Japan and have a certification label in an appropriate location on its case and 2 Be used in compliance with the specifications marked on its certification label equipment nameplate and precau tionary information furnished 2 Electrical Apparatus of Flame proof Type of Explosion Pro tected Construction Electrical apparatus which is of flameproof construction is subjected to a type test and certified by the Japanese Ministry of Labour aiming at preventing explosion caused by electrical apparatus in a factory or any location where inflammable gases or vapours may be present The flameproof construc tion is of completely enclosed type and its enclosure shall endure explosive pressures in cases where explosive gases or vapours entering the enclosure cause explosion In addition the enclosure construction shall be such that flame caused by explosion does not ignite gases or vapours outside the enclosure In this manual the word flameproof is applied to the flamepro
261. s trated in Figure 10 3 d Tighten the sensor mounting bolts uniformly and diagonally in three or four times See Figure 10 4 10 4 10 MAINTENANCE Table 10 1 Torque Value Torque Value UNIT N m MIRO Standard High Temperature HT INC ILT A B 15 1 2 16 25 1 12 18 12 40 1 1 2 12 18 12 50 2 18 27 18 80 3 32 48 32 100 4 49 74 49 Shedder oe bar L x 49 69 49 60 90 60 200 8 69 98 69 250 10 157 210 140 300 12 157 210 140 T100501 EPS In case of High Temperature Version Option code HT First time tighten Nuts with a torque wrench applying the torque specified Next time loosen Nuts completely then again tighten Nuts with a torque wrench applying the torque specified e Insert the leadwires vortex shedder through the terminal box bottom hole and lower the terminal box slowly until the bracket touches the flowmeter shoulder Be sure to keep the leadwires vertical while lowering the terminal box f After assembling confirm that there is no leakage A Please tighten the screws bolts uniformily and observing the torque value in Table 10 1 from the vortex flowmeter IMPORTANT IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 MAINTENANCE Vortex shedder_ _ Mounting Bolt Converter Case gt gt Vortex shedder Mounting Block Clamp Shielded Cover Le
262. s case No communi G Counting input I Common Electric counter 1 or communication medium digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal The load resistance should be selected by calculation as shown below The range of load EV 0 1 Example of cable capacitance resistance R for 120 C uF xf kHz 0 1uF km the pulse output EV Where P mW Supply voltage V C Cable capacitance uF f Frequency of pulse output KHz Power ratio of the load resistance R Value of load resistance kQ mW 1 To avoid the influence of external noise use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency T030301 EPS 2 Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly 8 When using analog and pulse output simultaneously the HART communication may be influenced by noise comparing analog output only 3 3 IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 4 Wiring Cables and Wires The following should be taken into consideration when selecting cables for use between the converter and distributor 1 Use 600V PVC insulated wire or equivalent standard wire or cable 2 Use shielded wire in areas susceptible to electrical noise both analog and pulse output versions 3 In areas with high or low ambient temperatures use wires or cables suitable for such temperatures 4 In atmospheres where oils or solvents corrosive gases or liquids may be
263. shown in the Figure 8 3 SQUAWK continues for approximately 10 seconds then is released automatically Procedure to call up the Squawk display Root Menu Diag Service Squawk Method Ent a rmm mnn DD F081002 EPS Figure 8 3 Display for Squawk 8 10 6 Switching HART Protocol Revision When the output signal code is J HART protocol revision of the device can be selectable from 5 or 7 The HART protocol revision is set and shipped as specified in the order To change the HART protocol revision after shipment follow the procedure shown below A IMPORTANT When change the protocol revision confirm the items below Protocol revision supported by HART configu ration tool must be the same or higher than new protocol revision of the device Refer to 8 2 Confirm that the DD or DTM which is suitable to new protocol revision of the device is in stalled in the configuration tool Refer to Section 8 2 or 8 3 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 1 Call up the parameter for protocol revision change Procedure to call up the Chng universal rev display DD HART 5 7 DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Revision numbers gt Chng universal rev DTM HART 5 Root Menu Configuration gt HART gt Chng universal rev T081017 EPS 2 Activate t
264. sion 9 24 Revision 9th May 2006 2 2 Revision 2 3 Add a note to Valve position T type pipe exist and Heat Insulation 3 4 Revision Figure 3 6 4 9 Revision Figure 4 5 5 1 Add a IMPORTANT to 5 2 5 5 Add Data Range to E20 5 13 Add descriptions to E20 5 14 Add a IMPORTANT to lt F52 gt 7 2 Revision figures 7 3 Revision figures 7 5 Revision figures Chap 9 Revision Added optional items etc IM 01 06 00 01 REVISION RECORD Edition Date Page Revised Item 10th Nov 2006 2 2 Add discviptions of R2 4 14 Delete 4 6 2 5 13 Delete a note 7 1 Add to CAUTION 7 4 Add to CAUTION 9 5 Revisions 9 6 Add R2 9 7 Add R2 9 8 Revisions 9 9 Revision 9 10 Add R2 9 11 Revisions 9 14 Add R2 9 15 Add R2 9 16 Add R2 9 17 Add R2 9 18 Add R2 9 27 Revisions 9 28 Revisions 9 29 30 Add R2 10 4 Revision 10 13 Revisions 11th Aug 2008 3 3 Additions 4 1 Additions 4 21 Additions 5 2 to 8 Additions 5 11 Additions 5 13 Additions 5 14 Additions 6 1 Revisions of Figure 6 1 7 4 Additions of Table 7 1 7 5 Revisions of Figure 7 3 7 7 8 Corrections 9 11 to 13 Additions 9 14 15 Revisions 9 16 Corrections 10 1 to 12 Chap 10 Revisions IM 01 06 00 01 REVISION RECORD Edition Date Page Revised Item 12th Mar 2010 1 1 Figure 1 Revision 2 5 2 4 Revision 2 7 Table 2 3 Revision 3 2 Figure 3 2 Revision 3 3 Table 3 1 R
265. sy wiring and piping digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter Pipeline Pipeline Support 010301 5 Figure 1 2 1 2 1 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS IM 01 06 00 01 2 INSTALLATION 2 INSTALLATION A WARNING This instrument must be installed by expert engineer or skilled personnel The procedures described in this chapter are not permitted for operators 2 1 Precautions Regarding In stallation Locations 1 Ambient Temperature Avoid an area which has wide temperature variations When the installation area is subjected to heat radiation from process plant ensure adequate heat prevention or ventilation 2 Atmospheric Conditions Avoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a corrosive atmosphere When the vortex flowmeter must be installed in a corrosive atmosphere adequate ventilation must be provided Mechanical Shock or Vibration The vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction but 3 select an area subject to minimize mechanical vibration or impact shock If the flowmeter is subject to vibra tions it is recommended that pipeline supports to be provided as shown in Figure 2 1 digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter Pipeline Pipeline Support F020101 EPS Figure 2 1 2 1 4 Precautions Regarding Piping a Ensure that the process connector bolts are tightened firmly b Ensure that no leak exists in the process connection pipeline c Do not apply a pressure higher tha
266. t gt Alla instruktionsb cker for ATEX explosionss kra produkter tillg ngliga engelska tyska och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner f r dessa explosionss kra produkter pa annat spr k skall Ni kontakta n rmaste Yokogawakontor eller representant eyyerpi a AELTOVPyias mpot vrov pe ATEX StaTibevtat Le Tov xpevaleoTe o nyies Ex TOTLK TAPAKAAOVLE ETTLKOLVWVYOTE LE TO TANOLEDTEPO Yokogawa AVTLTPOTWTO TNS IM 01 06 00 01 GO V etky n vody na obsluhu pre pr stroje s ATEX Ex s k dispoz cii v jazyku anglickom nemeckom a franc zskom V pr pade potreby n vodu pre Ex pr stroje vo Va om n rodnom jazyku skontaktujte pros m miestnu kancel riu firmy Yokogawa Cz V echny u ivatelsk p ru ky pro v robky na n se vztahuje nev bu n schv len ATEX Ex jsou dostupn v angli tin n m in a francouz tin Po adujete li pokyny t kaj c se v robk s nev bu n m schv len m ve va em lok ln m jazyku kontaktujte pros m va i nejbli reprezenta n kancel Yokogawa ce Visos gaminie ATEX Ex kategorijos Eksploatavimo instrukcijos teikiami angl vokie i ir pranc z kalbomis Nor dami gauti prietais Ex dokumentacij kitomis kalbomis susisiekite su artimiausiu bendrov s Yokog
267. t auto release time 0401 RW gt Master reset M Error Record Er record status 1 Er record status 2 Er record status 3 D Easy Setup Tag RW Contact output B20 R Contact output M Pulse rate B21 R Freq at 100 B22 R Setting level B23 R Flow span B10 RW MV Analog out select B50 R MV Analog out select M Temp 0 B51 R Temp 100 B52 R PV Damp B15 RW MV Temp damping F50 RW Total rate B45 RW Upper display B30 RW Lower display B31 RW R R R R R R Status group 1 enum R Status group 2 enum R Status group 3 enum R Er record group 1 enum R Status group 2 enum R Status group 3 enum F071209 EPS Meter Nominal size Body type Sensor type K factor unit K factor Detector No Cable length Upper display Lower display Flow Setting Sensor status MV Function MV Function Fluid Fluid Indicate parameter depends the choice in Fluid Function Special Units Special unit D40 Special unit Base unit D41 User s unit D42 Conversion factor D43 Total Total A30 Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset Adjust User adjust H20 Raynolds adjust H25 Raynolds adjust Process density K36 Gas expansion fact__ H30 Flow adjust H40 Flow adjust Flow adjust
268. t from deg C 0 deg F 1 F29 TEMP b Temperature b Set temperature value at standard condition F30 1st coef 1st coefficient Set Ist temperature coefficient using the density correction F31 2nd coef 2nd coefficient Set Ist temperature coefficient using the density correction F32 MASS UNIT Mass unit Select mass flow rate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 F35 TIME UNIT Time unit Select time unit from s 0 m 1 h 2 d 3 F40 FLOW SPAN Flow span Set span flow rate 0 to 32000 F45 DAMPING Flow damping Set flow damping 0 to 99sec 5 14 5 PARAMETER SETUP F50 TEMP DAMPING Temperature damping Set temperature damping 0 to 99sec F52 CABLE LENGTH Cable length of signal cable DYC Set cable length m of signal cable In case of the integral type cable length is set in Om A IMPORTANT Be sure to set this parameter to correct temperature measurement error occured by cable length F55 A OUT SELECT Analog out select Select the analog output from FLOW 0 TEMP 1 The following item should be done in case of which F55 is TEMP F56 TEMP 0 Temperature at 0 Set temperature value at 0 F57 TEMP 100 Temperature at 100 Set temperature value at 100 F58 TEMP ERR OUT Output selection of thermometer error Select output function when thermometer error from 0 0 OUTLIMIT H 1 TEMP f In case of OUT LIMIT H it is based on parameter D30 IM 01 06
269. t modification or part replace ments by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the approval of FM Approvals IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 2 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe and WARNING Hazardous Location lt gt Non Hazardous Location Class Il Division 1 Groups A B C D E F and G and Class I Zone 0 Group IIC Integral type Safety barriers DY flowmeter ioi cou i SUPPLY i mo 6 20 Lo 1 PULSE i Illu i pog i Remote type i ca Safety barriers DY N flowmeter DYA converter o 5 Bo o4 eae id fepe Purse 9C LO 0 Lo ot AL i 1 i DYC Signal cable 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type _ installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Vmax 30V Imax 165mA Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Installation requirement between flowmeter converter and Safety Barrier Vt or Voc Vmax ltor Isc Imax Pos Pi Ca Ci Ccable La Li Lcable Vt It Isc Ca and La are parameters of barrier F130201_1 EPS WARNING
270. tact Output Open collector 3 wire system Pulse alarm status output are selected by parameter setting Contact rating 10 5 to 30 V DC 120 mA DC Low level 0 to 2 V DC refer to Figure 12 2 3 Communication Requirements Communication Signal BRAIN or HART communication signal superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA DC signal Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation IM 01F06A00 01EN Selection of HART 5 HART 7 Output Signal Code E J Ordering m m Information Specify 5 Specify 7 HART Protocol HART 5 HART 7 Revision YES Be sure to Requirement confirm the for HART 7 NO protocol revision functionarlity of the HART configuration tool Selection shown in 2 guide Available to Not available switch to Oth to switch to HART 7 da HART 7 protocol after Congres protocol after delivery by delivery user configuration Remarks 1 2 2 T120201 EPS 1 E is HART 5 exclusive model and will be terminated J is recommended for HART communication 2 HART protocol revision for the device and HART configuration tool HART 7 communication is supported by FieldMate R2 02 or later Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool 5 7 DY or DYA HART 5 Available Available DY or DYA HART 7 Not available Available T120202 EPS Note Protcol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than that of the de
271. tance including the instrument load and power distributor supplied by the user must conform to a value in the permissible load resistance range Refer to Figure 3 1 shows 000 testes seme Ae ES Communication 0 0236 Applicable range BRAIN and HART L 1 c E oec since AS i 5 i i 1 1 1 EI 1 1 1 10 5 16 4 24 7 30 42 Power Supply Voltage E V F030201 EPS Figure 3 1 Relationship between Power Supply Voltage and Load Resistance 4 to 20 mA DC Output 2 Pulse output and Alarm Status Output This version uses three wires between the converter and the power supply A DC power and load resistance are required and pulse output is connected to a totalizer or an electric counter Low level of the pulse output is 0 to 2V No communication is possible over a transmis sion line Communication via the amplifier board is always possible irrespective of the wiring condition 3 Simultaneous Analog Pulse Output When using digital YEWFLO in the simultaneous analog pulse output mode the communicable distance of the transmission line is restricted on the wiring method Table 3 1 shows the examples of connection for this output mode Communication via the amplifier board is always possible irrespective of the wiring condition IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 WIRING A IMPORTANT For pulse output and the simultaneous analog pulse output use the load resistance Refer to Table 3 1 3 3 Connection Tab
272. te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger viii INTRODUCTION Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden k ytt hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja ranskankielisin Mik li tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan lt gt Todos os manuais de instru es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua lingua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Cr Tous les manuels d instruction des produits ATEX Ex sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et francaise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bien contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche o Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r ATEX Ex bezogene Produkte stehen in den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung l
273. tegral The Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter DY A has the converter with the flowmeter and measures liquid gas and steam flow rates and converts them to a 4 to 20mA DC output or pulse alarm status output signal Flange Type built in indicator Wafer Type 120101 5 Figure 12 1 1 External Views Integral Remote Type The Remote Converter Type Vortex Flowmeter DY N is used with the Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter A special cable DYC is used between these instruments Model DYA Vortex flow converter built in indicator Model DY N Vortex flowmeter F120102 EPS Figure 12 1 2 External Views Remote Type Name of a portion of the flowmeter Ex ample of the Wafer Type Electrical Connection Converter Case Cover long or short Data Plate Cover Short Converter Bracket For remote converter type between Converter and Detector should be connected by remote EZ cable of Model DYC Bolt Hole Detector Body Process Connection F120103 EPS Figure 12 1 3 Example of Name of portion IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 2 Standard Specifications Refer to GS 01F06F01 01E for Fieldbus communica tion type marked with Performance Specifications Fluid to be Measured Liquid Gas Steam Avoid Multiphase Flow and Sticky Fluids Measuring Flow Rates Refer to Table 12 5 2 Accuracy 0 75 of Reading Liquid 1 of Reading Gas Steam
274. ter converter and general purpose equirement Vt Vmax ltor Isc Imax x Pi La Li Lcable Vt Voc It Isc Ca and La nonincendive field wire parameters of general purpose equipment F130201_2 EPS WARNING general purpose equipment must be FM approved with Nonincendive field wiring param eter which meet the above installation require ments Installation should be in accordance with National Electric Code ANSI NFPA70 Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class and environments Do not alter drawing without authorization from FM IM 01FO6A00 01EN 13 3 IECEx AN WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product 13 3 1 Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 2007 10 IEC60079 1 2007 04 Certificate IECEx DEK 11 0077X Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29
275. the clamp In case of opening the display cover use the hexagonal wrench attached Be sure to lock the cover by the clamp using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover 10 1 IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 MAINTENANCE 10 1 Changing the Terminal Box Orientation The terminal box can be changed in four directions with respect to the flow direction Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter lt 1 gt Remove the converter cover In case of the explosion proof type cover removal loosen the clamp WAF 3mm lt 2 gt For indicator and amplifier unit removal refer to paragraph 10 2 and 10 4 lt 3 gt Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead wires from the converter In case of the explosion proof type loosen the lock screw WAF 1 5mm lt 4 gt Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the converter and bracket from the flowmeter body The bracket applies to the 1 25mm to 4 100mm inch flowmeters lt 5 gt Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90 degree turn lt 6 gt Turn the converter to the desired orientation When reassembling the converter reverse the above procedure Clamp For the explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Intrinsically safe SAA Type n ATEX Bracket Hexagon mounting bolt Converter Cover Vortex Shedder Assembly Remote Type Vortex Flowmeter lt 1 gt Remove the terminal box cover In case of the explosion proof type cover
276. this test is executed current output is fixed at 0 J30 OUT STATUS Status output test Status output test can be executed OFF 0 or ON 1 When this test is executed current output is fixed at 0 4mA Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after ten minutes this function will be reset automatically J40 RELEASE TIME Automatic reset time of J10 J20 and J30 can be change Select from 10min 0 30min 1 60min 2 3h 3 6h 4 12h 5 9 Item K Maintenance These items are for maintenance A value in is the data corresponding to indicator K10 TLA TLA Adjustment Trigger level TLA is adjusted upon shipment Therefore TLA adjustment is nonnecessity But set TLA adjustment below as The measurement of Low flow rate area is required Mechanical vibration and impact are applied to digitalYEWFLO and Zero point and low flow rate area is output Note Refer to 9 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode K20 SIGNAL LEVEL Set the signal level 5 PARAMETER SETUP K25 N B MODE Set the Noise Balance Mode from AUTO 0 MANUAL 1 or TUNING AT ZERO 2 K26 N B RATIO The ratio of Noise Balance When NOISE BALANCE MODE N B MODE is AUTO noise balance value is the indication only When N B mode is MANUAL the noise balance be adjusted entering the setting values Note Refer to 9 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode K28 SET VORTE
277. tion lt gt Non Hazardous Zone 2 i Location General Purpose i Equipment DY N flowmeter DYA converter o ag 5 SUPPLY io Supply o Bo OB Q4 252 To C PULSE tot i TOF Receiver 1 1 1 i i DYC Signal cable 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type _ installed Without temperature sensor type not installed F130301 2 EPS AN WARNING Output voltage of power supply must not exceed 30Vdc and will void the certification 13 6 6 Data Plate Intrinsically safe and Type n A WARNING e The specifications of Intrinsically safe type and Type n are described engraved on these data plates For use of SAA select a specification either Intrinsically safe type Ex ia or Type n Ex n then erase unnecessary specification at the customer side Once a specification has been selected never it can be changed again ex Never use the flowmeter as Type n if it has selected Intrinsi cally safe type firstly IM 01 06 00 01 14 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 14 PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE This chapter is described further requirements and notices concerning the PED Pressure Equipment Directive The description in this chapter is prior to other description in this User s Manual 1 Technical Data Type of Equipment Piping Type of Fluid Liquid and Gas Group of Fluid 1 and 2
278. tion is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes Marking ISO M20 X 1 5 female ANSI 1 2 14NPT female F130103 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 13 1 8 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof digitalYEGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER Made in TOKYO 180 YOKOGAWA Remote type converter Flameproof IGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OF TROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD 5 digital YEWFLO 4 to 20mA DC PULSE VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C MODEL STYLE 0344 SUFFIX RANGE EAT OIATEX1082 X d NO SEE CERRO E FOR DA S 7910 600 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 260 C Ax THE PROCESS TEMP 22000 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C WARNING THE ENCLOSURE 15 HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP ae a 21014 10 5 to 30V DC YOKOGAWA TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN N200 un Remote type detector Intrinsically safe TAG digitslIYGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER No O1ATEX1082 X EEx ia 1074 11 IP67 Tamb 29 TO 80 C CONNECT TO DYA SERIES ONLY SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 260 C N200 w AX HE PROCESS TEMP 22000 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C WARNING THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP Made in
279. to BS2 upto up to up to DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY300 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 up to DY015 up to ANSI Class 600 AA4 DY100 BA4 DY015 up to DY200 CA4 DY200 BS4 DY015 up to DY200 ANSI Class 900 BA5 DY015 up to DY200 cas 0 21 10 ass DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to e DIN PIN 10 AD1 DY100 BD1 DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to DIN PIN 16 AD2 DY100 BD2 DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to m E _ DIN PIN 25 AD3 DY100 BD3 DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to DIN PIN 40 AD4 DY100 BD4 DY015 up to DY200 Note ANSI standardized types are worked by serration finishing except the Smooth Finish type Refer to 12 4 3 OPTION REDUCED BORE TYPE 1 R2 when you select reduced bore type R1 R2 T120304 EPS 12 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 4 Option Specifications 12 4 1 Option Specifications 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Specification Applicable Model Code Multi Variable Type Note 5 Build in Temperature sensor Pt 1000 in vortex shedder bar DY DYA MV Reduced bore type Note 8 Integrated and welded construction with concentric reduced bore piping DY 1 See 12 4 3 R1 Detector size is one meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange pipe size R2 Detector size is two meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange R2 pipe size Stainless Steel Tag Plate Note 1 JIS SUS304 tag plate hung on the case DY DYA SCT JIS
280. torms floods thunder lightning or other reasons not attributable to the instrument in question vi IM 01F06A00 01EN Using the Vortex Flowmeter Safely AN WARNING 1 Installation Installation of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to person nel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the vortex flowme ter When moving the vortex flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it When the vortex flowmeter is processing hot fluids the instrument itself may become ex tremely hot Take sufficient care not to get burnt Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas even after the instrument has been taken off the line for maintenance and so forth All procedures relating to installation must comply with the electrical code of the country where it is used 2 Wiring The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring When connecting the wiring check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cab
281. trol event notification on token passing data link layer Event Mask Set the status to detect Event Notification Retry Time Set the retry time when the event occur Max Update Time Set the retry time when the event does not occur Event Debounce Interval The setting of the minimum event duration T081008 EPS a Event Mask Set the status to detect in the Event Mask parameter Device Status Mask Status group 1 to 3 Ext dev status Mask Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask T081009 EPS b Event Notification Retry Time Max Update Time Event Debounce Interval Set to Event Notification Retry Time Max Update Time and Event Debounce Interval For Event Noteification Retry Time set the value thet is smaller than Max Update Time 8 7 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Event Notification Retry Event Debounce Interval Time Max Update Time Off 0 55 0 55 15 15 25 25 45 4s 8s 8s 16s 16s 325 32s 1 min 1 min 5 min 5 min 10 min 10 min 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 min 45 min 45 min 60 min 60 min T081010 EPS c Event Notification Control Select Enable event notification on token passing data link layer in the Event Notification Control parameter to shift to the monitor state 8 10 3 2 Acknowledge Event Notification DTM The transmission of the event message stops when eve
282. ture Code Ambient Temperature Process Temperature 6 60 C 85 C T5 60 C 100 C T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C T2 60 C 300 C 60 C 450 C 7130401 1 5 Temperature Code 6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 42Vdc max Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Output Supply Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output on 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal 30Vp p 1004 Input Output signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse On 2Vdc 20mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Input Signal 30Vp p 100LAp p Maximum Working Pressure 16 DY015 to DY200 SMPa DY200 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 female Special 13 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Intrinsically Safe Type and Non incendive Applicable Standard C22 2 No 0 M91 C22 2 No 0 4 2004 C22 2 No 157 M1987 C22 2 No 213 M1987 C22 2 No 1010 1 92 CAN CSA E60079 0 02 CAN CSA E60079 11 02 CAN CSA E60079 15 02 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 2003 Certificate 1198227 Type of Protection Ex ia 4 and Ex nC T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 and Ex nC II
283. uracy which is add up from liquid measurement accuracy The accuracy is confirmed by actual measured value of typical nominal size Mass flow or Volumetric flow rate at Normal Standard condition for Multi Variable Type and combination of Multi Variable Type and Reduced Bore T120504 EPS Accuracy of Reading Liquid Gas Steam D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO detecter mm Re Reynolds number non unit Note This table shows the accuracy of pulse output In case of analog output add up 0 1 of full scale to the values mentioned above 12 16 Model Multi Variable MV Multi Variable Type MV Code Multi Variable Type MV Reduced Bore Type R1 Reduced Bore Type R2 DY025 2 0 20000 Re lt 1500 D 1 5 1500 0 Re DY040 DY050 2 0 20000 Re lt 1000 D DY080 1 5 1000 0 Re 2 0 20000 lt Re DY100 2 0 20000 lt Re DY150 2 0 40000 Re lt 1000 D DY200 1 5 1000 0 Re 2 0 40000 lt Re DY015 DY025 DY040 t 2 0 DY050 2 0 Velocity 35m s or less 2 0 Velocity 35m s less 2 5 Velocity 35m s or less DY100 2 5 Velocity 35m s up to 80m s 2 596 150 Velocity 35m s up to 80m s Velocity 35m s up to 80m s DY200 T120505 EPS IM 01F06A00 01EN Calculation formula How to calculate volume flow r
284. vice Conditions of Communication Line Load Resistance 250 to 600 Q including cable resistance Refer to Figure 12 2 2 Supply Voltage 16 4 to 42 V DC for digital communications BRAIN and HART protocols 16 4 to 30 V DC for intrinsically safe type Refer to Figure 12 2 2 BRAIN Space from other Power Line 15cm or more Parallel wiring should be avoided Communication Distance Up to 2 km when polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables CEV cables are used Communication distance varies depending on type of cable used Load Capacitance 0 22 uF or less Load Inductance 3 3 mH or less Input Impedance of Receiver Connected to the Receiving Resistance 10 kQ or more at 2 4 kHz Functions Damping Time Constant 0 to 99 Sec 63 response time Note Delay time is 0 5 Sec Analog output circuit time constant is 0 3 Sec 12 3 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Pulse Output Function Pulse output is selected from scaled pulse unscaled pulse frequency number of pulses output per second at 100 of output Pulse frequency Max 10 kHz Duty cycles Approx 50 1 2 to 2 1 Self diagnostics and Alarm Output In case alarm over range output signal EEPROM error vibration noise abnormal flow such as clogging bubble occurs an alarm signal is output and indicated The alarm signal output goes from close ON to open OFF during alarming Status Output Function Flow Switch In case flow rate dec
285. y e This mode can be called up by pressing SET key while pressing SHIFT key when setting mode is displayed F040201 EPS 4 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 3 Display Contents in Display Section The display mode is a mode in which instantaneous flow rates or totalized flow are displayed In display mode there are three display modes as shown in Table 4 3 Table 4 3 Display Mode Upper Lower Name Contents Display Display 96 Display Instantaneous flow is x Flow rate displayed Engineering Instantaneous flow rate in an x Display Unit engineering unit is displayed O Totalized Totalized flow displayed Display without indicating the decimal x point Display Instantaneous temperature is Temperature displayed 1 In this case 4 is displayed X simultaneously Refer to Figure 4 2 Temperature Temperature value is x display 1 displayed Blank T040301 EPS 1 When option code MV is selected this function is available jw gt F040301 EPS Figure 42 Example Display mode can be changed using the BT200 terminal or the indicator setting section For operation using BT200 perform changes using the parameter item B30 UPPER DISP and B31 LOWER DISP referring to section 5 Parameters For operation using indicator change B30 and B31 parameter item number to display an appro
286. y NOTE The range of measurable flow velocity is as described in Table 12 5 2 B15 DAMPING Damping time constant Set damping time constant values from Os to 99sec B20 CONTACT OUT Contact output Select contact output Item Description OFF 0 SCALED PULSE 1 Scaled pulse output Refer to B21 UNSCALED PULSE 2 Unscaled pulse output Refer to B21 3 4 FREQUENCY 3 ALARM 4 Frequency output Refer to B22 Alarm output The status goes from close to open OFF during alarming Refer to 5 5 Error Code Lists FLOW SW LOW ON 5 Status output Refer to B23 FLOW SW LOW OFF 6 Status output Refer to B23 T050401 EPS B21 PULSE RATE Pulse output rate Set output rate in a selection of SCALED PULSE or UNSCALED PULSE SCALED PULSE OUTPUT When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20 set flowrate per one pulse output Rate unit is linking to the flow unit UNSCALED PULSE OUTPUT When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20 it outputs the pulse calculated by following formula The formula for output pulse number is as follows Output pulse number per one second vortex number per one second PULSE RATE set number Refer to 9 1 5 Unit of Pulse Output Scaling IM 01 06 00 01 B22 100 FREQ Pulse numbers of 100 at one second Set pulse number at 100 for one second when FRE QUENCY in B20 is selected Pulse numbers PPS

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Xtech XTC-336    Otterbox RBB2-PLYBK-20-E4OTR  SmartEdit 6 User Manual  Cisco Systems UC560T1E1K9 User's Manual  Les développements en droit criminel - Barreau de la Côte-Nord  LevelOne HVE-6601R    Descarga  Page 7  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file